]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Fix bug-report addr.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @settitle GNU tar
5 @finalout
6 @smallbook
7 @c %**end of header
8
9 @c ======================================================================
10 @c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
11 @c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
12 @c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
13 @c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
14 @c so DISTRIB is the default for tar distributions. The PROOF rendition
15 @c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
16 @c those working on the manual itself.
17 @c ======================================================================
18
19 @ifclear PUBLISH
20 @ifclear DISTRIB
21 @ifclear PROOF
22 @set DISTRIB
23 @end ifclear
24 @end ifclear
25 @end ifclear
26
27 @ifset PUBLISH
28 @set RENDITION The book, version
29 @end ifset
30
31 @ifset DISTRIB
32 @set RENDITION FTP release, version
33 @end ifset
34
35 @ifset PROOF
36 @set RENDITION Proof reading version
37 @end ifset
38
39 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
40 @c The @FIXME's, @UNREVISED and @c comments are part Fran@,{c}ois's work
41 @c plan. These annotations are somewhat precious to him; he asks that I
42 @c do not alter them inconsiderately. Much work is needed for GNU tar
43 @c internals (the sources, the programs themselves). Revising the
44 @c adequacy of the manual while revising the sources, and cleaning them
45 @c both at the same time, seems to him like a good way to proceed.
46 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
47
48 @c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
49
50 @macro UNREVISED
51 @ifclear PUBLISH
52 @quotation
53 @emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
54 @end quotation
55 @end ifclear
56 @end macro
57
58 @c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
59
60 @macro FIXME{string}
61 @allow-recursion
62 @quote-arg
63 @ifset PROOF
64 @strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
65 @end ifset
66
67 @end macro
68
69 @macro FIXME-ref{string}
70 @quote-arg
71 @ifset PROOF
72 @strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
73 @end ifset
74
75 @end macro
76
77 @macro FIXME-pxref{string}
78 @quote-arg
79 @ifset PROOF
80 @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
81 @end ifset
82
83 @end macro
84
85 @macro FIXME-xref{string}
86 @quote-arg
87 @ifset PROOF
88 @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
89 @end ifset
90
91 @end macro
92
93 @c @macro option{entry}
94 @c @quote-arg
95 @c @opindex{--\entry\}
96 @c @value{\entry\}
97 @c @end macro
98
99 @set op-absolute-names @kbd{--absolute-names} (@kbd{-P})
100 @set ref-absolute-names @ref{absolute}
101 @set xref-absolute-names @xref{absolute}
102 @set pxref-absolute-names @pxref{absolute}
103
104 @set op-after-date @kbd{--after-date=@var{date}} (@kbd{--newer=@var{date}}, @kbd{-N @var{date}})
105 @set ref-after-date @ref{after}
106 @set xref-after-date @xref{after}
107 @set pxref-after-date @pxref{after}
108
109 @set op-append @kbd{--append} (@kbd{-r})
110 @set ref-append @ref{add}
111 @set xref-append @xref{add}
112 @set pxref-append @pxref{add}
113
114 @set op-atime-preserve @kbd{--atime-preserve}
115 @set ref-atime-preserve @ref{Attributes}
116 @set xref-atime-preserve @xref{Attributes}
117 @set pxref-atime-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
118
119 @set op-backup @kbd{--backup}
120 @set ref-backup @ref{Backup options}
121 @set xref-backup @xref{Backup options}
122 @set pxref-backup @pxref{Backup options}
123
124 @set op-block-number @kbd{--block-number} (@kbd{-R})
125 @set ref-block-number @ref{verbose}
126 @set xref-block-number @xref{verbose}
127 @set pxref-block-number @pxref{verbose}
128
129 @set op-blocking-factor @kbd{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@kbd{-b @var{512-size}})
130 @set ref-blocking-factor @ref{Blocking Factor}
131 @set xref-blocking-factor @xref{Blocking Factor}
132 @set pxref-blocking-factor @pxref{Blocking Factor}
133
134 @set op-bzip2 @kbd{--bzip2} (@kbd{--bunzip2}, @kbd{-y})
135 @set ref-bzip2 @ref{gzip}
136 @set xref-bzip2 @xref{gzip}
137 @set pxref-bzip2 @pxref{gzip}
138
139 @set op-checkpoint @kbd{--checkpoint}
140 @set ref-checkpoint @ref{verbose}
141 @set xref-checkpoint @xref{verbose}
142 @set pxref-checkpoint @pxref{verbose}
143
144 @set op-compare @kbd{--compare} (@kbd{--diff}, @kbd{-d})
145 @set ref-compare @ref{compare}
146 @set xref-compare @xref{compare}
147 @set pxref-compare @pxref{compare}
148
149 @set op-compress @kbd{--compress} (@kbd{--uncompress}, @kbd{-Z})
150 @set ref-compress @ref{gzip}
151 @set xref-compress @xref{gzip}
152 @set pxref-compress @pxref{gzip}
153
154 @set op-concatenate @kbd{--concatenate} (@kbd{--catenate}, @kbd{-A})
155 @set ref-concatenate @ref{concatenate}
156 @set xref-concatenate @xref{concatenate}
157 @set pxref-concatenate @pxref{concatenate}
158
159 @set op-create @kbd{--create} (@kbd{-c})
160 @set ref-create @ref{create}
161 @set xref-create @xref{create}
162 @set pxref-create @pxref{create}
163
164 @set op-delete @kbd{--delete}
165 @set ref-delete @ref{delete}
166 @set xref-delete @xref{delete}
167 @set pxref-delete @pxref{delete}
168
169 @set op-dereference @kbd{--dereference} (@kbd{-h})
170 @set ref-dereference @ref{dereference}
171 @set xref-dereference @xref{dereference}
172 @set pxref-dereference @pxref{dereference}
173
174 @set op-directory @kbd{--directory=@var{directory}} (@kbd{-C @var{directory}})
175 @set ref-directory @ref{directory}
176 @set xref-directory @xref{directory}
177 @set pxref-directory @pxref{directory}
178
179 @set op-exclude @kbd{--exclude=@var{pattern}}
180 @set ref-exclude @ref{exclude}
181 @set xref-exclude @xref{exclude}
182 @set pxref-exclude @pxref{exclude}
183
184 @set op-exclude-from @kbd{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} (@kbd{-X @var{file-of-patterns}})
185 @set ref-exclude-from @ref{exclude}
186 @set xref-exclude-from @xref{exclude}
187 @set pxref-exclude-from @pxref{exclude}
188
189 @set op-extract @kbd{--extract} (@kbd{--get}, @kbd{-x})
190 @set ref-extract @ref{extract}
191 @set xref-extract @xref{extract}
192 @set pxref-extract @pxref{extract}
193
194 @set op-file @kbd{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@kbd{-f @var{archive-name}})
195 @set ref-file @ref{file}
196 @set xref-file @xref{file}
197 @set pxref-file @pxref{file}
198
199 @set op-files-from @kbd{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@kbd{-T @var{file-of-names}})
200 @set ref-files-from @ref{files}
201 @set xref-files-from @xref{files}
202 @set pxref-files-from @pxref{files}
203
204 @set op-force-local @kbd{--force-local}
205 @set ref-force-local @ref{file}
206 @set xref-force-local @xref{file}
207 @set pxref-force-local @pxref{file}
208
209 @set op-group @kbd{--group=@var{group}}
210 @set ref-group @ref{Option Summary}
211 @set xref-group @xref{Option Summary}
212 @set pxref-group @pxref{Option Summary}
213
214 @set op-gzip @kbd{--gzip} (@kbd{--gunzip}, @kbd{--ungzip}, @kbd{-z})
215 @set ref-gzip @ref{gzip}
216 @set xref-gzip @xref{gzip}
217 @set pxref-gzip @pxref{gzip}
218
219 @set op-help @kbd{--help}
220 @set ref-help @ref{help}
221 @set xref-help @xref{help}
222 @set pxref-help @pxref{help}
223
224 @set op-ignore-failed-read @kbd{--ignore-failed-read}
225 @set ref-ignore-failed-read @ref{Reading}
226 @set xref-ignore-failed-read @xref{Reading}
227 @set pxref-ignore-failed-read @pxref{Reading}
228
229 @set op-ignore-zeros @kbd{--ignore-zeros} (@kbd{-i})
230 @set ref-ignore-zeros @ref{Reading}
231 @set xref-ignore-zeros @xref{Reading}
232 @set pxref-ignore-zeros @pxref{Reading}
233
234 @set op-incremental @kbd{--incremental} (@kbd{-G})
235 @set ref-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
236 @set xref-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
237 @set pxref-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
238
239 @set op-info-script @kbd{--info-script=@var{script-name}} (@kbd{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @kbd{-F @var{script-name}})
240 @set ref-info-script @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
241 @set xref-info-script @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
242 @set pxref-info-script @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
243
244 @set op-interactive @kbd{--interactive} (@kbd{-w})
245 @set ref-interactive @ref{interactive}
246 @set xref-interactive @xref{interactive}
247 @set pxref-interactive @pxref{interactive}
248
249 @set op-keep-old-files @kbd{--keep-old-files} (@kbd{-k})
250 @set ref-keep-old-files @ref{Writing}
251 @set xref-keep-old-files @xref{Writing}
252 @set pxref-keep-old-files @pxref{Writing}
253
254 @set op-label @kbd{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@kbd{-V @var{archive-label}})
255 @set ref-label @ref{label}
256 @set xref-label @xref{label}
257 @set pxref-label @pxref{label}
258
259 @set op-list @kbd{--list} (@kbd{-t})
260 @set ref-list @ref{list}
261 @set xref-list @xref{list}
262 @set pxref-list @pxref{list}
263
264 @set op-listed-incremental @kbd{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@kbd{-g @var{snapshot-file}})
265 @set ref-listed-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
266 @set xref-listed-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
267 @set pxref-listed-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
268
269 @set op-mode @kbd{--mode=@var{permissions}}
270 @set ref-mode @ref{Option Summary}
271 @set xref-mode @xref{Option Summary}
272 @set pxref-mode @pxref{Option Summary}
273
274 @set op-multi-volume @kbd{--multi-volume} (@kbd{-M})
275 @set ref-multi-volume @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
276 @set xref-multi-volume @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
277 @set pxref-multi-volume @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
278
279 @set op-newer-mtime @kbd{--newer-mtime=@var{date}}
280 @set ref-newer-mtime @ref{after}
281 @set xref-newer-mtime @xref{after}
282 @set pxref-newer-mtime @pxref{after}
283
284 @set op-no-recursion @kbd{--no-recursion}
285 @set ref-no-recursion @ref{recurse}
286 @set xref-no-recursion @xref{recurse}
287 @set pxref-no-recursion @pxref{recurse}
288
289 @set op-null @kbd{--null}
290 @set ref-null @ref{files}
291 @set xref-null @xref{files}
292 @set pxref-null @pxref{files}
293
294 @set op-numeric-owner @kbd{--numeric-owner}
295 @set ref-numeric-owner @ref{Attributes}
296 @set xref-numeric-owner @xref{Attributes}
297 @set pxref-numeric-owner @pxref{Attributes}
298
299 @set op-old-archive @kbd{--old-archive} (@kbd{-o})
300 @set ref-old-archive @ref{old}
301 @set xref-old-archive @xref{old}
302 @set pxref-old-archive @pxref{old}
303
304 @set op-one-file-system @kbd{--one-file-system} (@kbd{-l})
305 @set ref-one-file-system @ref{one}
306 @set xref-one-file-system @xref{one}
307 @set pxref-one-file-system @pxref{one}
308
309 @set op-owner @kbd{--owner=@var{user}}
310 @set ref-owner @ref{Option Summary}
311 @set xref-owner @xref{Option Summary}
312 @set pxref-owner @pxref{Option Summary}
313
314 @set op-posix @kbd{--posix}
315 @set ref-posix @ref{posix}
316 @set xref-posix @xref{posix}
317 @set pxref-posix @pxref{posix}
318
319 @set op-preserve @kbd{--preserve}
320 @set ref-preserve @ref{Attributes}
321 @set xref-preserve @xref{Attributes}
322 @set pxref-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
323
324 @set op-record-size @kbd{--record-size=@var{size}}
325 @set ref-record-size @ref{Blocking}
326 @set xref-record-size @xref{Blocking}
327 @set pxref-record-size @pxref{Blocking}
328
329 @set op-recursive-unlink @kbd{--recursive-unlink}
330 @set ref-recursive-unlink @ref{Writing}
331 @set xref-recursive-unlink @xref{Writing}
332 @set pxref-recursive-unlink @pxref{Writing}
333
334 @set op-read-full-records @kbd{--read-full-records} (@kbd{-B})
335 @set ref-read-full-records @ref{Blocking}
336 @set xref-read-full-records @xref{Blocking}
337 @set pxref-read-full-records @pxref{Blocking}
338 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Blocking Factor
339
340 @set op-remove-files @kbd{--remove-files}
341 @set ref-remove-files @ref{Writing}
342 @set xref-remove-files @xref{Writing}
343 @set pxref-remove-files @pxref{Writing}
344
345 @set op-rsh-command @kbd{rsh-command=@var{command}}
346
347 @set op-same-order @kbd{--same-order} (@kbd{--preserve-order}, @kbd{-s})
348 @set ref-same-order @ref{Scarce}
349 @set xref-same-order @xref{Scarce}
350 @set pxref-same-order @pxref{Scarce}
351 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Attributes?
352
353 @set op-same-owner @kbd{--same-owner}
354 @set ref-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
355 @set xref-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
356 @set pxref-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
357
358 @set op-same-permissions @kbd{--same-permissions} (@kbd{--preserve-permissions}, @kbd{-p})
359 @set ref-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
360 @set xref-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
361 @set pxref-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
362 @c FIXME: or should it be Writing?
363
364 @set op-show-omitted-dirs @kbd{--show-omitted-dirs}
365 @set ref-show-omitted-dirs @ref{verbose}
366 @set xref-show-omitted-dirs @xref{verbose}
367 @set pxref-show-omitted-dirs @pxref{verbose}
368
369 @set op-sparse @kbd{--sparse} (@kbd{-S})
370 @set ref-sparse @ref{sparse}
371 @set xref-sparse @xref{sparse}
372 @set pxref-sparse @pxref{sparse}
373
374 @set op-starting-file @kbd{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@kbd{-K @var{name}})
375 @set ref-starting-file @ref{Scarce}
376 @set xref-starting-file @xref{Scarce}
377 @set pxref-starting-file @pxref{Scarce}
378
379 @set op-suffix @kbd{--suffix=@var{suffix}}
380 @set ref-suffix @ref{Backup options}
381 @set xref-suffix @xref{Backup options}
382 @set pxref-suffix @pxref{Backup options}
383
384 @set op-tape-length @kbd{--tape-length=@var{1024-size}} (@kbd{-L @var{1024-size}})
385 @set ref-tape-length @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
386 @set xref-tape-length @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
387 @set pxref-tape-length @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
388
389 @set op-to-stdout @kbd{--to-stdout} (@kbd{-O})
390 @set ref-to-stdout @ref{Writing}
391 @set xref-to-stdout @xref{Writing}
392 @set pxref-to-stdout @pxref{Writing}
393
394 @set op-totals @kbd{--totals}
395 @set ref-totals @ref{verbose}
396 @set xref-totals @xref{verbose}
397 @set pxref-totals @pxref{verbose}
398
399 @set op-touch @kbd{--touch} (@kbd{-m})
400 @set ref-touch @ref{Writing}
401 @set xref-touch @xref{Writing}
402 @set pxref-touch @pxref{Writing}
403
404 @set op-unlink-first @kbd{--unlink-first} (@kbd{-U})
405 @set ref-unlink-first @ref{Writing}
406 @set xref-unlink-first @xref{Writing}
407 @set pxref-unlink-first @pxref{Writing}
408
409 @set op-update @kbd{--update} (@kbd{-u})
410 @set ref-update @ref{update}
411 @set xref-update @xref{update}
412 @set pxref-update @pxref{update}
413
414 @set op-use-compress-prog @kbd{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}}
415 @set ref-use-compress-prog @ref{gzip}
416 @set xref-use-compress-prog @xref{gzip}
417 @set pxref-use-compress-prog @pxref{gzip}
418
419 @set op-verbose @kbd{--verbose} (@kbd{-v})
420 @set ref-verbose @ref{verbose}
421 @set xref-verbose @xref{verbose}
422 @set pxref-verbose @pxref{verbose}
423
424 @set op-verify @kbd{--verify} (@kbd{-W})
425 @set ref-verify @ref{verify}
426 @set xref-verify @xref{verify}
427 @set pxref-verify @pxref{verify}
428
429 @set op-version @kbd{--version}
430 @set ref-version @ref{help}
431 @set xref-version @xref{help}
432 @set pxref-version @pxref{help}
433
434 @set op-version-control @kbd{--version-control=@var{method}}
435 @set ref-version-control @ref{Backup options}
436 @set xref-version-control @xref{Backup options}
437 @set pxref-version-control @pxref{Backup options}
438
439 @set op-volno-file @kbd{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}}
440 @set ref-volno-file @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
441 @set xref-volno-file @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
442 @set pxref-volno-file @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
443
444 @include version.texi
445
446 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
447 @syncodeindex fn cp
448 @syncodeindex ky cp
449 @syncodeindex pg cp
450 @syncodeindex vr cp
451
452 @defindex op
453 @syncodeindex op cp
454
455 @ifinfo
456 @format
457 START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
458 * tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
459 END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
460 @end format
461 @end ifinfo
462
463 @ifinfo
464 This file documents GNU @code{tar}, a utility used to store, backup, and
465 transport files.
466
467 Copyright (C) 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
468
469 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
470 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
471 are preserved on all copies.
472
473 @ignore
474 Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
475 results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
476 notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
477 (this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
478
479 @end ignore
480 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
481 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
482 resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
483 notice identical to this one.
484
485 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
486 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
487 except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
488 by the Foundation.
489 @end ifinfo
490
491 @setchapternewpage odd
492
493 @shorttitlepage GNU @code{tar}
494
495 @titlepage
496 @title GNU tar: an archiver tool
497 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
498 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
499 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
500 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
501 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
502
503 @page
504 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
505 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software
506 Foundation, Inc.
507
508 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
509 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
510 are preserved on all copies.
511
512 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
513 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
514 resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
515 notice identical to this one.
516
517 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
518 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
519 except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
520 by the Foundation.
521 @end titlepage
522
523 @ifinfo
524
525 This file documents GNU @code{tar}, which is a utility used to store,
526 backup, and transport files. @code{tar} is a tape (or disk) archiver.
527 This manual documents the release @value{VERSION}.
528
529 @end ifinfo
530
531 @node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
532
533 @menu
534 * Introduction::
535 * Tutorial::
536 * tar invocation::
537 * operations::
538 * Backups::
539 * Choosing::
540 * Date input formats::
541 * Formats::
542 * Media::
543 * Index::
544
545 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
546
547 Introduction
548
549 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
550 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
551 * What tar Does:: What @code{tar} Does
552 * Naming tar Archives:: How @code{tar} Archives are Named
553 * posix compliance::
554 * Authors:: GNU @code{tar} Authors
555 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
556
557 Tutorial Introduction to @code{tar}
558
559 * assumptions::
560 * stylistic conventions::
561 * basic tar options:: Basic @code{tar} Operations and Options
562 * frequent operations::
563 * Two Frequent Options::
564 * create:: How to Create Archives
565 * list:: How to List Archives
566 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
567 * going further::
568
569 Two Frequently Used Options
570
571 * file tutorial::
572 * verbose tutorial::
573 * help tutorial::
574
575 How to Create Archives
576
577 * prepare for examples::
578 * Creating the archive::
579 * create verbose::
580 * short create::
581 * create dir::
582
583 How to List Archives
584
585 * list dir::
586
587 How to Extract Members from an Archive
588
589 * extracting archives::
590 * extracting files::
591 * extract dir::
592 * failing commands::
593
594 Invoking GNU @code{tar}
595
596 * Synopsis::
597 * using tar options::
598 * Styles::
599 * All Options::
600 * help::
601 * verbose::
602 * interactive::
603
604 The Three Option Styles
605
606 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
607 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
608 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
609 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
610
611 All @code{tar} Options
612
613 * Operation Summary::
614 * Option Summary::
615 * Short Option Summary::
616
617 GNU @code{tar} Operations
618
619 * Basic tar::
620 * Advanced tar::
621 * extract options::
622 * backup::
623 * Applications::
624 * looking ahead::
625
626 Advanced GNU @code{tar} Operations
627
628 * Operations::
629 * current state::
630 * append::
631 * update::
632 * concatenate::
633 * delete::
634 * compare::
635
636 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
637
638 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
639 * multiple::
640
641 Updating an Archive
642
643 * how to update::
644
645 Options Used by @code{--extract}
646
647 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
648 * Writing:: Changing How @code{tar} Writes Files
649 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
650
651 Options to Help Read Archives
652
653 * read full records::
654 * Ignore Zeros::
655 * Ignore Failed Read::
656
657 Changing How @code{tar} Writes Files
658
659 * Prevention Overwriting::
660 * Keep Old Files::
661 * Unlink First::
662 * Recursive Unlink::
663 * Modification Times::
664 * Setting Access Permissions::
665 * Writing to Standard Output::
666 * remove files::
667
668 Options to Prevent Overwriting Files
669
670 * Keep Old Files::
671 * Unlink First::
672 * Recursive Unlink::
673
674 Coping with Scarce Resources
675
676 * Starting File::
677 * Same Order::
678
679 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
680
681 * Full Dumps:: Using @code{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
682 * Inc Dumps:: Using @code{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
683 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
684 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
685 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
686 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
687 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
688
689 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
690
691 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
692 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
693
694 Choosing Files and Names for @code{tar}
695
696 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
697 * Selecting Archive Members::
698 * files:: Reading Names from a File
699 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
700 * Wildcards::
701 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
702 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
703 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
704
705 Reading Names from a File
706
707 * nul::
708
709 Excluding Some Files
710
711 * problems with exclude::
712
713 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
714
715 * directory:: Changing Directory
716 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
717
718 Date input formats
719
720 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
721 * Calendar date item:: 19 Dec 1994.
722 * Time of day item:: 9:20pm.
723 * Timezone item:: EST, DST, BST, UCT, AHST, ...
724 * Day of week item:: Monday and others.
725 * Relative item in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
726 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
727 * Authors of getdate:: Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
728
729 Controlling the Archive Format
730
731 * Portability:: Making @code{tar} Archives More Portable
732 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
733 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
734 * Standard:: The Standard Format
735 * Extensions:: GNU Extensions to the Archive Format
736 * cpio:: Comparison of @code{tar} and @code{cpio}
737
738 Making @code{tar} Archives More Portable
739
740 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
741 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
742 * old:: Old V7 Archives
743 * posix:: POSIX archives
744 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
745
746 Using Less Space through Compression
747
748 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
749 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
750
751 Tapes and Other Archive Media
752
753 * Device:: Device selection and switching
754 * Remote Tape Server::
755 * Common Problems and Solutions::
756 * Blocking:: Blocking
757 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
758 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
759 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
760 * verify::
761 * Write Protection::
762
763 Blocking
764
765 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
766 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
767
768 Many Archives on One Tape
769
770 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
771 * mt:: The @code{mt} Utility
772
773 Using Multiple Tapes
774
775 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
776 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
777 @end menu
778
779 @node Introduction, Tutorial, Top, Top
780 @chapter Introduction
781
782 Welcome to the GNU @code{tar} manual. GNU @code{tar} is used to create
783 and manipulate files (@dfn{archives}) which are actually collections of
784 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
785 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
786
787 @menu
788 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
789 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
790 * What tar Does:: What @code{tar} Does
791 * Naming tar Archives:: How @code{tar} Archives are Named
792 * posix compliance::
793 * Authors:: GNU @code{tar} Authors
794 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
795 @end menu
796
797 @node Book Contents, Definitions, Introduction, Introduction
798 @ifinfo
799 @heading What this Book Contains
800 @end ifinfo
801
802 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
803 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on GNU
804 @code{tar} and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
805 or comments.
806
807 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
808 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @code{tar}. It is
809 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
810 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
811 progressive order, building on information already explained.
812
813 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
814 learn how to use @code{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
815 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
816 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
817 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
818 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
819 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
820 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
821 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
822 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
823
824 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
825 information about using @code{tar} options and option syntax.
826
827 @FIXME{this sounds more like a GNU Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
828 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
829 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
830 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
831 about a specific topic.
832
833 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its entirety
834 in other GNU manuals, and is mostly self-contained. In addition, one
835 section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a big quote which is
836 taken directly from @code{tar} sources.
837
838 In general, we give both the long and short (abbreviated) option names
839 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
840 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
841 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
842 indicate this.)
843
844 @node Definitions, What tar Does, Book Contents, Introduction
845 @section Some Definitions
846
847 @cindex archive
848 @cindex tar archive
849 The @code{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @code{tar}
850 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
851 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
852 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
853 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
854 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
855 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @code{tar}
856 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
857
858 @cindex member
859 @cindex archive member
860 @cindex file name
861 @cindex member name
862 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
863 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
864 the normal ways (by @code{ls}, @code{cat}, and so forth), and the term
865 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
866 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
867 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
868 archive.
869
870 @cindex extraction
871 @cindex unpacking
872 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
873 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
874 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
875 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
876 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
877 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
878 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
879 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
880 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
881 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
882 All of these operations can be peformed using @code{tar}.
883
884 @node What tar Does, Naming tar Archives, Definitions, Introduction
885 @section What @code{tar} Does
886
887 @cindex tar
888 The @code{tar} program provides the ability to create @code{tar}
889 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
890 you can use @code{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
891 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
892 stored.
893
894 Initially, @code{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
895 magnetic tape. The name @samp{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
896 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @code{tar} can
897 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
898 pipes). @code{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
899
900 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
901
902 You can use @code{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
903 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
904
905 @table @asis
906 @item Storage
907 Often, @code{tar} archives are used to store related files for
908 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the GNU Project
909 distributes its software bundled into @code{tar} archives, so that
910 all the files relating to a particular program (or set of related
911 programs) can be transferred as a single unit.
912
913 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
914 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
915 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
916 names is by creating a @code{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
917 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
918 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @code{tar}
919 archives useful.
920
921 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
922 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
923 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
924 space; the idea here is that @code{tar} can be used to move archives in
925 all dimensions, even time!)
926
927 @item Backup
928 Because the archive created by @code{tar} is capable of preserving file
929 information and directory structure, @code{tar} is commonly used for
930 performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup puts a
931 collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
932 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against accidental
933 destruction of the information in those files. GNU @code{tar} has
934 special features that allow it to be used to make incremental and full
935 dumps of all the files in a filesystem.
936
937 @item Transportation
938 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
939 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
940 files from one system to another.
941 @end table
942
943 @node Naming tar Archives, posix compliance, What tar Does, Introduction
944 @section How @code{tar} Archives are Named
945
946 Conventionally, @code{tar} archives are given names ending with
947 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @code{tar} to operate properly,
948 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
949 it and to make examples more clear.
950
951 @cindex tar file
952 @cindex entry
953 @cindex tar entry
954 Often, people refer to @code{tar} archives as ``@code{tar} files,'' and
955 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
956 the operation of @code{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
957 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
958 members'' to make learning to use @code{tar} easier for novice users.
959
960 @node posix compliance, Authors, Naming tar Archives, Introduction
961 @section POSIX Compliance
962
963 @noindent
964 @FIXME{must ask franc,ois about this. dan hagerty thinks this might
965 be an issue, but we're not really sure at this time. dan just tried a
966 test case of mixing up options' orders while the variable was set, and
967 there was no problem...}
968
969 We make some of our recommendations throughout this book for one
970 reason in addition to what we think of as ``good sense''. The main
971 additional reason for a recommendation is to be compliant with the
972 POSIX standards. If you set the shell environment variable
973 @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT}, GNU @code{tar} will force you to adhere to
974 these standards. Therefore, if this variable is set and you violate
975 one of the POSIX standards in the way you phrase a command, for
976 example, GNU @code{tar} will not allow the command and will signal an
977 error message. You would then have to reorder the options or rephrase
978 the command to comply with the POSIX standards.
979
980 There is a chance in the future that, if you set this environment
981 variable, your archives will be forced to comply with POSIX standards,
982 also. No GNU @code{tar} extensions will be allowed.
983
984 @node Authors, Reports, posix compliance, Introduction
985 @section GNU @code{tar} Authors
986
987 GNU @code{tar} was originally written by John Gilmore, and modified by
988 many people. The GNU enhancements were written by Jay Fenlason, then
989 Joy Kendall, and the whole package has been further maintained by
990 Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, and finally Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, with
991 the help of numerous and kind users.
992
993 We wish to stress that @code{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
994 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
995 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
996 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
997 file from the GNU @code{tar} distribution.
998
999 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
1000 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
1001 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
1002 i'll think about it.}
1003
1004 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
1005 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
1006
1007 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a GNU @code{tar} manual,
1008 borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore. This
1009 draft has been distributed in @code{tar} versions 1.04 (or even
1010 before?) @FIXME{huh? IMO, either we know or we don't; the
1011 parenthetical is confusing.} through 1.10, then withdrawn in version
1012 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy Gorin worked on a tutorial and
1013 manual for GNU @code{tar}. Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8
1014 of the manual together by taking information from all these sources
1015 and merging them. Melissa Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the
1016 book to create version 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as
1017 necessary; i'm being optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry?
1018 maybe bob chassell? maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to
1019 properly index the thing.}
1020
1021 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
1022 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
1023
1024 @node Reports, , Authors, Introduction
1025 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
1026
1027 @cindex bug reports
1028 @cindex reporting bugs
1029 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
1030 please report them to @file{tar-bugs@@gnu.org}.
1031
1032 @node Tutorial, tar invocation, Introduction, Top
1033 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @code{tar}
1034
1035 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @code{tar}
1036 operations: @samp{--create}, @samp{--list}, and @samp{--extract}. If
1037 you already know how to use some other version of @code{tar}, then you
1038 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
1039 details about how @code{tar} works.
1040
1041 @menu
1042 * assumptions::
1043 * stylistic conventions::
1044 * basic tar options:: Basic @code{tar} Operations and Options
1045 * frequent operations::
1046 * Two Frequent Options::
1047 * create:: How to Create Archives
1048 * list:: How to List Archives
1049 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
1050 * going further::
1051 @end menu
1052
1053 @node assumptions, stylistic conventions, Tutorial, Tutorial
1054 @ifinfo
1055 @heading Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
1056 @end ifinfo
1057
1058 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @code{tar}
1059 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
1060 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
1061 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
1062 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
1063
1064 @itemize @bullet
1065 @item
1066 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
1067 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
1068 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
1069 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
1070 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
1071 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
1072 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
1073 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
1074 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
1075 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
1076 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, the
1077 differences between relative and absolute path names, and @FIXME{what
1078 else?}.
1079
1080 @item
1081 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
1082 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
1083 directory to practice @code{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
1084 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
1085 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
1086 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
1087 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
1088
1089 @item
1090 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
1091 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
1092 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
1093 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
1094 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
1095 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
1096 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
1097 with tape drives. @xref{Media} for complete information on using
1098 @code{tar} archives with tape drives.
1099
1100 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
1101 @end itemize
1102
1103 @node stylistic conventions, basic tar options, assumptions, Tutorial
1104 @ifinfo
1105 @heading Stylistic Conventions
1106 @end ifinfo
1107
1108 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
1109 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
1110 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
1111 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
1112 sometimes @samp{like this}. When we have lines which are too long to be
1113 displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
1114
1115 @smallexample
1116 This is an example of a line which would otherwise not fit in this space.
1117 @end smallexample
1118
1119 @FIXME{how often do we use smallexample?}
1120
1121 @node basic tar options, frequent operations, stylistic conventions, Tutorial
1122 @section Basic @code{tar} Operations and Options
1123
1124 @code{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
1125 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
1126 The main types of arguments to @code{tar} fall into one of two classes:
1127 operations, and options.
1128
1129 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
1130 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @code{tar};
1131 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
1132 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
1133 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
1134 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
1135
1136 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
1137 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
1138 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @code{tar} at
1139 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
1140 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
1141 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
1142
1143 You can write most of the @code{tar} operations and options in any of
1144 three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some of
1145 the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however, the
1146 operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
1147 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
1148 at the end} We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
1149 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
1150 exist in GNU @code{tar} for compatibility with Unix @code{tar}. We
1151 present a full discussion of this way of writing options and operations
1152 appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss the other two styles of
1153 writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options} and @ref{Short Options}.)
1154
1155 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
1156 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
1157 the same result and can make typing long @code{tar} commands easier.
1158 For example, instead of typing
1159
1160 @example
1161 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1162 @end example
1163
1164 @noindent
1165 you can type
1166 @example
1167 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1168 @end example
1169
1170 @noindent
1171 or even
1172 @example
1173 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1174 @end example
1175
1176 @noindent
1177 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
1178 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
1179 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
1180
1181 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
1182 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
1183 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
1184 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @code{tar}
1185 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
1186 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
1187 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
1188
1189 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
1190 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @code{tar} ``commands''.
1191 A @code{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
1192 which tells @code{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
1193 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
1194 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @code{tar} command''. When
1195 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
1196 referring to the @code{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
1197 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
1198 intends.
1199
1200 @node frequent operations, Two Frequent Options, basic tar options, Tutorial
1201 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
1202
1203 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
1204 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
1205 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
1206 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
1207
1208 @table @kbd
1209 @item --create
1210 @itemx -c
1211 Create a new @code{tar} archive.
1212 @item --list
1213 @itemx -t
1214 List the contents of an archive.
1215 @item --extract
1216 @itemx -x
1217 Extract one or more members from an archive.
1218 @end table
1219
1220 @node Two Frequent Options, create, frequent operations, Tutorial
1221 @section Two Frequently Used Options
1222
1223 To understand how to run @code{tar} in the three operating modes listed
1224 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
1225 @code{tar}: @samp{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
1226 and @samp{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
1227 either of these options when you run @code{tar}, but they can be very
1228 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
1229
1230 @menu
1231 * file tutorial::
1232 * verbose tutorial::
1233 * help tutorial::
1234 @end menu
1235
1236 @node file tutorial, verbose tutorial, Two Frequent Options, Two Frequent Options
1237 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--file} Option
1238
1239 @table @kbd
1240 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
1241 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
1242 Specify the name of an archive file.
1243 @end table
1244
1245 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
1246 use @code{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
1247 that @code{tar} will work on.
1248
1249 If you don't specify this argument, then @code{tar} will use a
1250 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
1251 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
1252 then @code{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
1253 look roughly like one of the following:
1254
1255 @example
1256 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
1257 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
1258 @end example
1259
1260 @noindent
1261 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specfiy an archive file
1262 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @code{tar} commands.
1263 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
1264 @ref{file}.
1265
1266 @node verbose tutorial, help tutorial, file tutorial, Two Frequent Options
1267 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--verbose} Option
1268
1269 @table @kbd
1270 @item --verbose
1271 @itemx -v
1272 Show the files being worked on as @code{tar} is running.
1273 @end table
1274
1275 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
1276 @code{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
1277 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @code{tar} as
1278 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @samp{--verbose}
1279 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
1280 @samp{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
1281 @code{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
1282 others. We will use @samp{--verbose} at times to help make something
1283 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
1284 @samp{--verbose} to show the differences.
1285
1286 Sometimes, a single instance of @samp{--verbose} on the command line
1287 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
1288 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
1289 @samp{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
1290 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
1291 use @samp{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
1292 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
1293
1294 @example
1295 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1296 @end example
1297
1298 @noindent
1299 above, you might say
1300
1301 @example
1302 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1303 @end example
1304
1305 @noindent
1306 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
1307 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
1308 twice, like this:
1309
1310 @example
1311 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
1312 @end example
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
1316
1317 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@samp{--verbose
1318 --verbose}}.
1319
1320 @node help tutorial, , verbose tutorial, Two Frequent Options
1321 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @code{--help} Option
1322
1323 @table @kbd
1324 @item --help
1325
1326 The @samp{--help} option to @code{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1327 all operations and option available for the current version of
1328 @code{tar} available on your system.
1329 @end table
1330
1331 @node create, list, Two Frequent Options, Tutorial
1332 @section How to Create Archives
1333 @UNREVISED
1334
1335 One of the basic operations of @code{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
1336 you use to create a @code{tar} archive. We will explain
1337 @samp{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1338 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1339 practice on.
1340
1341 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1342 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1343 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1344 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1345 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1346 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1347 other directories and other archives.
1348
1349 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1350 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1351 @file{collection.tar}.
1352
1353 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @samp{--create}
1354 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1355 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1356 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1357 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1358 @code{tar} works.
1359
1360 @menu
1361 * prepare for examples::
1362 * Creating the archive::
1363 * create verbose::
1364 * short create::
1365 * create dir::
1366 @end menu
1367
1368 @node prepare for examples, Creating the archive, create, create
1369 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1370
1371 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1372 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1373 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1374 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1375 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1376 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1377
1378 Now @code{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1379 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1380 the full path name of this directory is
1381 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1382 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1383
1384 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1385 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @code{ls}.
1386 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1387 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1388
1389 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1390 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1391 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1392 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @code{tar} will erase the current
1393 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @code{tar}
1394 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite a file unless you
1395 specify an option which does this @FIXME{xref to the node for
1396 --backup!}. To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1397 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1398 information on how to do this.
1399
1400 @node Creating the archive, create verbose, prepare for examples, create
1401 @subsection Creating the Archive
1402
1403 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1404 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1405
1406 @example
1407 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1408 @end example
1409
1410 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1411 option forms}. You could also say:
1412
1413 @example
1414 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1415 @end example
1416
1417 @noindent
1418 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1419 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1420 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1421 @code{tar}, to avoid errors).
1422
1423 Note that the part of the command which says,
1424 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1425 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1426 @kbd{`collection.tar'}, then that string would become the name of the
1427 archive file you create.
1428
1429 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1430 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1431 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1432 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1433 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1434 @xref{short create} for more information on this.
1435
1436 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @samp{--create}
1437 is the operation which creates the new archive
1438 (@file{collection.tar}), and @samp{--file} is the option which lets
1439 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1440 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1441 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @samp{--create} operation)
1442 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}. Now that they
1443 are are in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not
1444 files @FIXME{xref to definitions?}.
1445
1446 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you want
1447 placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive members, GNU
1448 @code{tar} will complain.
1449
1450 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1451 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1452
1453 @example
1454 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1455 @end example
1456
1457 @noindent
1458 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1459 the files in the directory.
1460
1461 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @code{tar} will not
1462 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @code{tar}
1463 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1464 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1465
1466 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1467 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1468 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1469
1470 @node create verbose, short create, Creating the archive, create
1471 @subsection Running @samp{--create} with @samp{--verbose}
1472
1473 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1474 @code{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1475 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1476
1477 @example
1478 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1479 blues
1480 folk
1481 jazz
1482 @end example
1483
1484 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1485 @samp{--verbose}, except that @code{tar} generated the remaining lines
1486 @iftex
1487 (note the different font styles).
1488 @end iftex
1489 @ifinfo
1490 .
1491 @end ifinfo
1492
1493 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1494 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @code{tar} responses that
1495 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1496 understand.
1497
1498 @node short create, create dir, create verbose, create
1499 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1500
1501 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1502 basic uses of @code{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1503 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1504 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1505 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1506 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1507 using short option forms:
1508
1509 @example
1510 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1511 blues
1512 folk
1513 jazz
1514 @end example
1515
1516 @noindent
1517 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1518 long or short option forms.
1519
1520 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1521 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1522 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1523 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1524 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1525 following way:
1526
1527 @example
1528 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1529 @end example
1530
1531 @noindent
1532 In this case, @code{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1533 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1534 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @samp{-f} option, and
1535 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @code{tar} will try
1536 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1537 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @code{tar} will
1538 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1539 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1540 you may have run), then @code{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1541 Because the @samp{-v} option did not get registered, @code{tar} will not
1542 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1543
1544 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1545 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1546 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1547
1548 This example,
1549
1550 @example
1551 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1552 @end example
1553
1554 @noindent
1555 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1556 becomes much more so:
1557
1558 @example
1559 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1560 @end example
1561
1562 @noindent
1563 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1564 immediately following the @samp{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1565 valuable data.
1566
1567 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1568 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1569 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1570 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1571 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1572 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @code{tar} to
1573 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable,
1574 @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT}; @pxref{posix compliance} for more information
1575 on this.)
1576
1577 @node create dir, , short create, create
1578 @subsection Archiving Directories
1579
1580 @cindex Archiving Directories
1581 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1582 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1583 file name argument to @code{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1584 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1585 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1586
1587 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1588 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1589 type:
1590
1591 @example
1592 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1593 $
1594 @end example
1595
1596 @noindent
1597 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1598 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1599 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1600 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1601
1602 @example
1603 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 @code{tar} should output:
1608
1609 @example
1610 practice/
1611 practice/blues
1612 practice/folk
1613 practice/jazz
1614 practice/collection.tar
1615 @end example
1616
1617 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1618 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1619 directory from which @code{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1620 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1621 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1622 you are trying archive with @code{tar}. For example, you will probably
1623 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1624 @code{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1625 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1626 been archived. @code{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1627 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1628 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1629 into the file system).
1630
1631 If you give @code{tar} a command such as
1632
1633 @example
1634 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1635 @end example
1636
1637 @noindent
1638 @code{tar} will report @samp{tar: foo.tar is the archive; not dumped}.
1639 This happens because @code{tar} creates the archive @file{foo.tar} in
1640 the current directory before putting any files into it. Then, when
1641 @code{tar} attempts to add all the files in the directory @file{.} to
1642 the archive, it notices that the file @file{foo.tar} is the same as the
1643 archive, and skips it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into
1644 itself.) GNU @code{tar} will continue in this case, and create the
1645 archive normally, except for the exclusion of that one file.
1646 (@emph{Please note:} Other versions of @code{tar} are not so clever;
1647 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1648 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running GNU
1649 @code{tar}. @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does it
1650 all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for this
1651 manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1652 directory being dumped.})
1653
1654 @node list, extract, create, Tutorial
1655 @section How to List Archives
1656
1657 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1658 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1659 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1660 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1661 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1662 created in the last section with the command,
1663
1664 @example
1665 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1666 @end example
1667
1668 @noindent
1669 The output of @code{tar} would then be:
1670
1671 @example
1672 blues
1673 folk
1674 jazz
1675 @end example
1676
1677 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1678 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1679
1680 @noindent
1681 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1682
1683 @example
1684 ./birds
1685 baboon
1686 ./box
1687 @end example
1688
1689 @noindent
1690 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1691 to specify the name of the archive.
1692
1693 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @samp{--list}, then
1694 @code{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1695 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1696
1697 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1698 like:
1699
1700 @example
1701 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1702 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1703 @end example
1704
1705 @cindex File name arguments, using @code{--list} with
1706 @cindex @code{--list} with file name arguments
1707 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1708 using @samp{list}. In this case, @code{tar} will only list the
1709 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1710 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1711
1712 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1713 @code{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1714 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1715 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1716 to @code{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1717 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1718 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1719 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1720 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1721 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1722 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1723
1724 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1725 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1726 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1727 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1728 expect to find; remember that if you use @samp{--list} with no file
1729 names as arguments, @code{tar} will print the names of all the members
1730 stored in the specified archive.
1731
1732 @menu
1733 * list dir::
1734 @end menu
1735
1736 @node list dir, , list, list
1737 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1738 @UNREVISED
1739
1740 @FIXME{i changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a
1741 chance to play around with this node's example, yet. i have to play
1742 with it and see what it actually does for my own satisfaction, even if
1743 what it says *is* correct..}
1744
1745 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1746 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1747 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1748 @value{op-verbose} option.
1749
1750 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1751 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1752
1753 @example
1754 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1755 @end example
1756
1757 @code{tar} responds:
1758
1759 @example
1760 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1761 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1762 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1763 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1764 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1765 @end example
1766
1767 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @code{tar} acts on
1768 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1769
1770 @node extract, going further, list, Tutorial
1771 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1772 @UNREVISED
1773 @cindex Extraction
1774 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1775 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1776
1777 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1778 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1779 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1780 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1781 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1782 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1783 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1784 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1785
1786 Using @samp{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1787 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1788 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1789 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1790
1791 @menu
1792 * extracting archives::
1793 * extracting files::
1794 * extract dir::
1795 * failing commands::
1796 @end menu
1797
1798 @node extracting archives, extracting files, extract, extract
1799 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1800
1801 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1802 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1803
1804 @example
1805 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1806 @end example
1807
1808 @noindent
1809 produces this:
1810
1811 @example
1812 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1813 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1814 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1815 @end example
1816
1817 @node extracting files, extract dir, extracting archives, extract
1818 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1819
1820 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1821 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1822 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1823 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1824 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1825 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{check this; will the times,
1826 permissions, owner, etc be the same, also?}
1827
1828 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1829 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1830 the files in the directory again.
1831
1832 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1833 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1834
1835 @example
1836 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1837 @end example
1838
1839 @noindent
1840 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1841 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1842 times, and owner. @FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1843 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1844 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1845 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1846 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1847 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1848 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1849 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1850 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1851 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1852 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @code{tar} with
1853 @value{op-list}.
1854
1855 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1856 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1857 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1858 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1859 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1860 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1861 (@pxref{list}).
1862
1863 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1864 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1865
1866 @node extract dir, failing commands, extracting files, extract
1867 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1868
1869 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1870 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1871 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1872 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1873 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1874 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1875 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will overwrite
1876 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1877 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1878 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted.
1879
1880 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1881 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1882 the file is extracted, @code{tar} will create the directory.
1883
1884 We can demonstrate how to use @samp{--extract} to extract a directory
1885 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1886 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1887 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1888 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1889 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1890 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1891 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1892 following command:
1893
1894 @example
1895 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1896 @end example
1897
1898 @FIXME{need to show tar's response; used verbose above. also, here's a
1899 good place to demonstrate the -v -v thing. have to write that up
1900 (should be trivial, but i'm too tired!).}
1901
1902 @noindent
1903 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1904 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1905 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1906 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1907
1908 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1909 will be.}
1910
1911 @node failing commands, , extract dir, extract
1912 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1913
1914 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1915 they won't work.
1916
1917 If you try to use this command,
1918
1919 @example
1920 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1921 @end example
1922
1923 @noindent
1924 you will get the following response:
1925
1926 @example
1927 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1928 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1929 $
1930 @end example
1931
1932 @noindent
1933 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1934 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1935 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1936
1937 @example
1938 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1939 practice/folk
1940 practice/jazz
1941 practice/rock
1942 @end example
1943
1944 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1945 order...}
1946
1947 @noindent
1948 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1949
1950 @example
1951 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1952 @end example
1953
1954 @noindent
1955 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1956 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1957 files from the archive.
1958
1959 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1960 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1961
1962 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1963
1964 @node going further, , extract, Tutorial
1965 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1966
1967 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1968 be in the rest of the manual.}
1969
1970 @node tar invocation, operations, Tutorial, Top
1971 @chapter Invoking GNU @code{tar}
1972 @UNREVISED
1973
1974 This chapter is about how one invokes the GNU @code{tar} command, from
1975 the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are numerous options,
1976 and many styles for writing them. One mandatory option specifies
1977 the operation @code{tar} should perform (@pxref{Operation Summary}),
1978 other options are meant to detail how this operation should be performed
1979 (@pxref{Option Summary}). Non-option arguments are not always interpreted
1980 the same way, depending on what the operation is.
1981
1982 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1983 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1984 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1985 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1986 pointers to other parts of the @code{tar} manual.
1987
1988 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1989 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1990 @code{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1991 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1992 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1993 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1994
1995 @menu
1996 * Synopsis::
1997 * using tar options::
1998 * Styles::
1999 * All Options::
2000 * help::
2001 * verbose::
2002 * interactive::
2003 @end menu
2004
2005 @node Synopsis, using tar options, tar invocation, tar invocation
2006 @section General Synopsis of @code{tar}
2007
2008 The GNU @code{tar} program is invoked as either one of:
2009
2010 @example
2011 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2012 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2013 @end example
2014
2015 The second form is for when old options are being used.
2016
2017 You can use @code{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
2018 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
2019 argument to @code{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
2020 which action to take. The other arguments to @code{tar} are either
2021 @dfn{options}, which change the way @code{tar} performs an operation,
2022 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
2023 @code{tar} is to act on.
2024
2025 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
2026 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
2027 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
2028 (the @code{tar} main command) is usually given first.
2029
2030 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
2031 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
2032 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
2033 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
2034 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
2035 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
2036 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
2037 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
2038 prior to the execution of the @code{tar} command.
2039
2040 @code{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
2041 working directory. @code{tar} will make all file names relative
2042 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
2043 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
2044 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
2045 @value{op-absolute-names}.
2046
2047 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
2048 name, then @code{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
2049 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
2050 the files in the filesystem to @code{tar}.
2051
2052 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
2053 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
2054 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
2055 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
2056 file system. Only @code{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
2057 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @code{tar} without
2058 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
2059 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
2060 sufficient for this.
2061
2062 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
2063 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
2064 @value{op-files-from} option.
2065
2066 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
2067 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
2068 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @code{tar}
2069 execution. The other operations of @code{tar} (@value{op-list},
2070 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
2071 on the entire contents of the archive.
2072
2073 @cindex exit status
2074 @cindex return status
2075 Besides successful exits, GNU @code{tar} may fail for many reasons.
2076 Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the @code{tar}
2077 command is improperly written.
2078 Errors may be encountered later, while encountering an error
2079 processing the archive or the files. Some errors are recoverable,
2080 in which case the failure is delayed until @code{tar} has completed
2081 all its work. Some errors are such that it would not meaningful,
2082 or at least risky, to continue processing: @code{tar} then aborts
2083 processing immediately. All abnormal exits, whether immediate or
2084 delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after
2085 a line stating the nature of the error.
2086
2087 GNU @code{tar} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
2088 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
2089 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
2090 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
2091 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
2092 remote operations, where it may be 128.
2093
2094 @node using tar options, Styles, Synopsis, tar invocation
2095 @section Using @code{tar} Options
2096
2097 GNU @code{tar} has a total of eight operating modes which allow you to
2098 perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose one operating
2099 mode each time you employ the @code{tar} program by specifying one, and
2100 only one operation as an argument to the @code{tar} command (two lists
2101 of four operations each may be found at @ref{frequent operations} and
2102 @ref{Operations}). Depending on circumstances, you may also wish to
2103 customize how the chosen operating mode behaves. For example, you may
2104 wish to change the way the output looks, or the format of the files that
2105 you wish to archive may require you to do something special in order to
2106 make the archive look right.
2107
2108 You can customize and control @code{tar}'s performance by running
2109 @code{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
2110 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
2111 arguments to @code{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
2112 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
2113 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
2114 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
2115 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
2116 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
2117 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
2118 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
2119 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
2120
2121 Note that @code{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
2122 options @samp{-T} and @samp{-t} are different; the first requires an
2123 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
2124 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
2125 write @value{op-list}.
2126
2127 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
2128 @code{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
2129 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
2130 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
2131 styles.
2132
2133 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
2134 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
2135 incorporated.}
2136
2137 @node Styles, All Options, using tar options, tar invocation
2138 @section The Three Option Styles
2139
2140 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
2141 line invoking @code{tar}. The different styles were developed at
2142 different times during the history of @code{tar}. These styles will be
2143 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
2144
2145 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
2146 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
2147 archive file name, @code{tar} will use a default, but this can be
2148 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
2149 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
2150 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
2151 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
2152 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
2153 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
2154 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
2155 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
2156 feel comfortable with the others.
2157
2158 @FIXME{hag to write a brief paragraph on the option(s) which can
2159 optionally take an argument}
2160
2161 @menu
2162 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
2163 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2164 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2165 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2166 @end menu
2167
2168 @node Mnemonic Options, Short Options, Styles, Styles
2169 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
2170
2171 @FIXME{have to decide whether or ot to replace other occurrences of
2172 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
2173
2174 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
2175 dashes in a row, e.g. @samp{list}. The long names are more clear than
2176 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2177 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
2178 synonymous, such as @samp{--compare} and @samp{--diff}. In addition,
2179 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2180 @samp{--cre} can be used in place of @samp{--create} because there is no
2181 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2182 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2183 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @code{tar} will tell
2184 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2185 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2186 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @code{tar} with a
2187 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2188 use, you are stuck; @code{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2189
2190 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2191 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2192 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2193
2194 @example
2195 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2196 @end example
2197
2198 @noindent
2199 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2200 for those not fully acquainted with @code{tar}.
2201
2202 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
2203 immediately following the option name; they are introduced by an equal
2204 sign. For example, the @samp{--file} option (which tells the name
2205 of the @code{tar} archive) is given a file such as @file{archive.tar}
2206 as argument by using the notation @samp{--file=archive.tar} for the
2207 mnemonic option.
2208
2209 @node Short Options, Old Options, Mnemonic Options, Styles
2210 @subsection Short Option Style
2211
2212 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
2213 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g. @samp{-t}
2214 (which is equivalent to @samp{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2215 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2216
2217 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2218
2219 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2220 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2221 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2222 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@samp{-f
2223 archive.tar}} or @samp{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2224 @samp{--file=archive.tar}. Both @samp{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2225 @w{@samp{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2226 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2227
2228 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2229 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When short
2230 options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them all, e.g.
2231 @w{@samp{@code{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in such a set is allowed
2232 to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many options, the last of which
2233 has an argument, is a rather opaque way to write options. Some wonder if
2234 GNU @code{getopt} should not even be made helpful enough for considering
2235 such usages as invalid.}.
2236
2237 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2238 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2239 For example:
2240
2241 @example
2242 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2243 @end example
2244
2245 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2246 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2247 end up overwriting files.
2248
2249 @node Old Options, Mixing, Short Options, Styles
2250 @subsection Old Option Style
2251 @UNREVISED
2252
2253 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2254 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2255 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2256 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2257 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2258 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2259 @code{tar} program name and some whitespace; old options cannot appear
2260 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2261 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2262 the same as the short option @samp{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2263 mnemonic option @samp{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2264 cv}} specifies the option @samp{-v} in addition to the operation @samp{-c}.
2265
2266 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
2267
2268 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2269 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2270 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2271 style as follows:
2272
2273 @example
2274 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2275 @end example
2276
2277 @noindent
2278 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @samp{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2279 the argument of @samp{-f}.
2280
2281 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2282 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2283 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2284 @samp{20} is the argument for @samp{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2285 argument for @samp{-f}, and @samp{-v} does not have a corresponding
2286 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2287 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2288 pertain to.
2289
2290 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2291 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2292
2293 This old way of writing @code{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2294 users. For example, the two commands:
2295
2296 @example
2297 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2298 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2299 @end example
2300
2301 @noindent
2302 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2303 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2304 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2305 @samp{f}---probably not what was intended.
2306
2307 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @code{tar}.
2308
2309 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2310 following are equivalent:
2311
2312 @example
2313 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2314 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2315 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2316 @end example
2317
2318 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2319
2320 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2321 As far as we know, all @code{tar} programs, GNU and non-GNU, support
2322 old options. GNU @code{tar} supports them not only for historical
2323 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. For
2324 compatibility with Unix @code{tar}, the first argument is always
2325 treated as containing command and option letters even if it doesn't
2326 start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is equivalent to @w{@samp{tar
2327 -c}:} both of them specify the @value{op-create} command to create an
2328 archive.
2329
2330 @node Mixing, , Old Options, Styles
2331 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2332
2333 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @code{tar} command, so
2334 long as the rules for each style are fully respected@footnote{Before GNU
2335 @code{tar} version 1.11.6, a bug prevented intermixing old style options
2336 with mnemonic options in some cases.}. Old style options and either of the
2337 modern styles of options may be mixed within a single @code{tar} command.
2338 However, old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2339 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2340 after the @code{tar} command and some whitespace). Modern options may
2341 be given only after all arguments to the old options have been collected.
2342 If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be falsely interpreted
2343 as the value of the argument to one of the old style options.
2344
2345 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2346 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2347
2348 @example
2349 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2350 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2351 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2352 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2353 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2354 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2355 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2356 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2357 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2358 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2359 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2360 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2361 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2362 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2363 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2364 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2365 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2366 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2367 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2368 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2369 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2370 @end example
2371
2372 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2373 the previous set:
2374
2375 @example
2376 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2377 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2378 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2379 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2380 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2381 @end example
2382
2383 @noindent
2384 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2385 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2386 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2387 four specify that the @code{tar} archive would be a file named
2388 @samp{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2389 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2390 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2391 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2392 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2393 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2394 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2395
2396 @node All Options, help, Styles, tar invocation
2397 @section All @code{tar} Options
2398
2399 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2400 @code{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2401 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2402 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2403 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2404 a reference for deciphering @code{tar} commands in scripts.
2405
2406 @menu
2407 * Operation Summary::
2408 * Option Summary::
2409 * Short Option Summary::
2410 @end menu
2411
2412 @node Operation Summary, Option Summary, All Options, All Options
2413 @subsection Operations
2414
2415 @table @kbd
2416
2417 @item --append
2418 @itemx -r
2419
2420 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2421
2422 @item --catenate
2423 @itemx -A
2424
2425 Same as @samp{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2426
2427 @item --compare
2428 @itemx -d
2429
2430 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2431 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2432 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2433
2434 @item --concatenate
2435 @itemx -A
2436
2437 Appends other @code{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2438 @xref{concatenate}.
2439
2440 @item --create
2441 @itemx -c
2442
2443 Creates a new @code{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2444
2445 @item --delete
2446
2447 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2448 tape! @xref{delete}.
2449
2450 @item --diff
2451 @itemx -d
2452
2453 Same @samp{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2454
2455 @item --extract
2456 @itemx -x
2457
2458 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2459
2460 @item --get
2461 @itemx -x
2462
2463 Same as @samp{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2464
2465 @item --list
2466 @itemx -t
2467
2468 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2469
2470 @item --update
2471 @itemx -u
2472
2473 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @samp{--compare} and @samp{--append} operations.
2474 This is not true and rather misleading, as @value{op-compare}
2475 does a lot more than @value{op-update} for ensuring files are identical.}
2476 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2477 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2478 exist in the archive.
2479 @xref{update}.
2480
2481 @end table
2482
2483 @node Option Summary, Short Option Summary, Operation Summary, All Options
2484 @subsection @code{tar} Options
2485
2486 @table @kbd
2487
2488 @item --absolute-names
2489 @itemx -P
2490
2491 Normally when creating an archive, @code{tar} strips an initial @samp{/} from
2492 member names. This option disables that behavior. @FIXME-xref{}.
2493
2494 @item --after-date
2495
2496 (See @samp{--newer}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2497
2498 @item --atime-preserve
2499
2500 Tells @code{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2501 dumping it. @FIXME-xref{}.
2502
2503 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2504
2505 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @code{tar} will back them up
2506 using simple or numbered backups, depending upon @var{backup-type}.
2507 @FIXME-xref{}.
2508
2509 @item --block-number
2510 @itemx -R
2511
2512 With this option present, @code{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2513 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}.
2514
2515 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2516 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2517
2518 Sets the blocking factor @code{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2519 record. @FIXME-xref{}.
2520
2521 @item --bunzip2
2522
2523 (See @samp{--bzip2}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2524
2525 @item --bzip2
2526 @itemx --bunzip2
2527 @itemx --unbzip2
2528 @itemx -y
2529
2530 This option tells @code{tar} to read or write archives through @code{bzip2}.
2531 @FIXME-xref{}.
2532
2533 @item --checkpoint
2534
2535 This option directs @code{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2536 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2537 indication that @code{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2538 @samp{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}.
2539
2540 @item --compress
2541 @itemx --uncompress
2542 @itemx -Z
2543
2544 @code{tar} will use the @code{compress} program when reading or writing the
2545 archive. This allows you to directly act on archives while saving
2546 space. @FIXME-xref{}.
2547
2548 @item --confirmation
2549
2550 (See @samp{--interactive}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2551
2552 @item --dereference
2553 @itemx -h
2554
2555 When creating a @code{tar} archive, @code{tar} will archive the file that a symbolic
2556 link points to, rather than archiving the symlink. @FIXME-xref{}.
2557
2558 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2559 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2560
2561 When this option is specified, @code{tar} will change its current directory
2562 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2563 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2564
2565 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2566
2567 When performing operations, @code{tar} will skip files that match
2568 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2569
2570 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2571 @itemx -X @var{file}
2572
2573 Similar to @samp{--exclude}, except @code{tar} will use the list of patterns
2574 in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2575
2576 @item --file=@var{archive}
2577 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2578
2579 @code{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @code{tar} archive it
2580 performs operations on, rather than @code{tar}'s compilation dependent
2581 default. @FIXME-xref{}.
2582
2583 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2584 @itemx -T @var{file}
2585
2586 @code{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2587 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2588 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}.
2589
2590 @item --force-local
2591
2592 Forces @code{tar} to interpret the filename given to @samp{--file} as a local
2593 file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name. @FIXME-xref{}.
2594
2595 @item --group=@var{group}
2596
2597 Files added to the @code{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2598 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2599 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2600 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}.
2601
2602 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2603
2604 @item --gunzip
2605
2606 (See @samp{--gzip}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2607
2608 @item --gzip
2609 @itemx --gunzip
2610 @itemx --ungzip
2611 @itemx -z
2612
2613 This option tells @code{tar} to read or write archives through @code{gzip},
2614 allowing @code{tar} to directly operate on several kinds of compressed
2615 archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}.
2616
2617 @item --help
2618
2619 @code{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2620 options to @code{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}.
2621
2622 @item --ignore-failed-read
2623
2624 Instructs @code{tar} to exit successfully if it encounters an
2625 unreadable file. @xref{Reading}.
2626
2627 @item --ignore-umask
2628 @FIXME{does this exist?}
2629
2630 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2631
2632 @item --ignore-zeros
2633 @itemx -i
2634
2635 With this option, @code{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the archive, which
2636 normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2637
2638 @item --incremental
2639 @itemx -G
2640
2641 Used to inform @code{tar} that it is working with an old GNU-format
2642 incremental backup archive. It is intended primarily for backwards
2643 compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}.
2644
2645 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2646 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2647 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2648
2649 When @code{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2650 at the end of each tape. @FIXME-xref{}.
2651
2652 @item --interactive
2653 @itemx --confirmation
2654 @itemx -w
2655
2656 Specifies that @code{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2657 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2658 @FIXME-xref{}.
2659
2660 @item --keep-old-files
2661 @itemx -k
2662
2663 When extracting files from an archive, @code{tar} will not overwrite existing
2664 files if this option is present. @xref{Writing}.
2665
2666 @item --label=@var{name}
2667 @itemx -V @var{name}
2668
2669 When creating an archive, instructs @code{tar} to write @var{name} as a name
2670 record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives, @code{tar} will
2671 only operate on archives that have a label matching the pattern
2672 specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2673
2674 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2675 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2676
2677 During a @samp{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2678 @code{tar} creates is a new GNU-format incremental backup, using
2679 @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2680 With other operations, informs @code{tar} that the archive is in incremental
2681 format. @FIXME-xref{}.
2682
2683 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2684
2685 When adding files to an archive, @code{tar} will use @var{permissions}
2686 for the archive members, rather than the permissions from the files.
2687 The program @code{chmod} and this @code{tar} option share the same syntax
2688 for what @var{permissions} might be. @xref{File permissions, Permissions,
2689 File permissions, filetutils, GNU file utilities}. This reference also
2690 has useful information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2691 permission system.
2692
2693 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2694 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2695 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2696 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2697 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2698
2699 @item --multi-volume
2700 @itemx -M
2701
2702 Informs @code{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2703 multi-volume @code{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2704
2705 @item --new-volume-script
2706
2707 (see --info-script)
2708
2709 @item --newer=@var{date}
2710 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2711 @itemx -N
2712
2713 When creating an archive, @code{tar} will only add files that have changed
2714 since @var{date}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2715
2716 @item --newer-mtime
2717
2718 In conjunction with @samp{--newer}, @code{tar} will only add files whose
2719 contents have changed (as opposed to just @samp{--newer}, which will
2720 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2721
2722 @item --no-recursion
2723
2724 With this option, @code{tar} will not recurse into directories unless a
2725 directory is explicitly named as an argument to @code{tar}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2726
2727 @item --null
2728
2729 When @code{tar} is using the @samp{--files-from} option, this option
2730 instructs @code{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2731 @code{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2732 @FIXME-xref{}.
2733
2734 @item --numeric-owner
2735
2736 This option will notify @code{tar} that it should use numeric user and group
2737 IDs when creating a @code{tar} file, rather than names. @FIXME-xref{}.
2738
2739 @item --old-archive
2740
2741 (See @samp{--portability}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2742
2743 @item --one-file-system
2744 @itemx -l
2745
2746 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @code{tar} from recursing into
2747 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2748 directory. @FIXME-xref{}.
2749
2750 @item --owner=@var{user}
2751
2752 Specifies that @code{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2753 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2754 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2755 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2756 @FIXME-xref{}.
2757
2758 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2759 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2760 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2761 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2762
2763 @item --portability
2764 @itemx --old-archive
2765 @itemx -o
2766
2767 Tells @code{tar} to create an archive that is compatible with Unix V7
2768 @code{tar}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2769
2770 @item --posix
2771
2772 Instructs @code{tar} to create a POSIX compliant @code{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2773
2774 @item --preserve
2775
2776 Synonymous with specifying both @samp{--preserve-permissions} and
2777 @samp{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2778
2779 @item --preserve-order
2780
2781 (See @samp{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2782
2783 @item --preserve-permissions
2784 @itemx --same-permissions
2785 @itemx -p
2786
2787 When @code{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the users'
2788 umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses that
2789 number as the permissions to create the destination file. Specifying
2790 this option instructs @code{tar} that it should use the permissions directly
2791 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2792
2793 @item --read-full-records
2794 @itemx -B
2795
2796 Specifies that @code{tar} should reblock its input, for reading from pipes on
2797 systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2798
2799 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2800
2801 Instructs @code{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2802 archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2803
2804 @item --recursive-unlink
2805
2806 Similar to the @samp{--unlink-first} option, removing existing
2807 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2808 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2809
2810 @item --remove-files
2811
2812 Directs @code{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2813 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2814
2815 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2816
2817 Notifies @code{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2818 devices. @FIXME-xref{}.
2819
2820 @item --same-order
2821 @itemx --preserve-order
2822 @itemx -s
2823
2824 This option is an optimization for @code{tar} when running on machines with
2825 small amounts of memory. It informs @code{tar} that the list of file
2826 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2827 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2828
2829 @item --same-owner
2830
2831 When extracting an archive, @code{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2832 specified in the @code{tar} archive with this option present. @FIXME-xref{}.
2833
2834 @item --same-permissions
2835
2836 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2837
2838 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2839
2840 Instructs @code{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when operating
2841 on a @code{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2842
2843 @item --sparse
2844 @itemx -S
2845
2846 Invokes a GNU extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2847 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}.
2848
2849 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2850 @itemx -K @var{name}
2851
2852 This option affects extraction only; @code{tar} will skip extracting
2853 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2854 @xref{Scarce}.
2855
2856 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2857
2858 Alters the suffix @code{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2859 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2860
2861 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2862 @itemx -L @var{num}
2863
2864 Specifies the length of tapes that @code{tar} is writing as being
2865 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}.
2866
2867 @item --to-stdout
2868 @itemx -O
2869
2870 During extraction, @code{tar} will extract files to stdout rather than to the
2871 file system. @xref{Writing}.
2872
2873 @item --totals
2874
2875 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2876 @FIXME-xref{}.
2877
2878 @item --touch
2879 @itemx -m
2880
2881 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2882 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
2883 @xref{Writing}.
2884
2885 @item --unbzip2
2886
2887 (See @samp{--bzip2}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2888
2889 @item --uncompress
2890
2891 (See @samp{--compress}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2892
2893 @item --ungzip
2894
2895 (See @samp{--gzip}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2896
2897 @item --unlink-first
2898 @itemx -U
2899
2900 Directs @code{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file system
2901 before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2902
2903 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2904
2905 Instructs @code{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2906 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}.
2907
2908 @item --verbose
2909 @itemx -v
2910
2911 Specifies that @code{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2912 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2913 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}.
2914
2915 @item --verify
2916 @itemx -W
2917
2918 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2919 archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2920
2921 @item --version
2922
2923 @code{tar} will print an informational message about what version it is and a
2924 copyright message, some credits, and then exit. @FIXME-xref{}.
2925
2926 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2927
2928 Used in conjunction with @samp{--multi-volume}. @code{tar} will keep track
2929 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2930 @FIXME-xref{}.
2931 @end table
2932
2933 @node Short Option Summary, , Option Summary, All Options
2934 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2935
2936 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2937 them with the equivalent long option.
2938
2939 @table @kbd
2940
2941 @item -A
2942
2943 @samp{--concatenate}
2944
2945 @item -B
2946
2947 @samp{--read-full-records}
2948
2949 @item -C
2950
2951 @samp{--directory}
2952
2953 @item -F
2954
2955 @samp{--info-script}
2956
2957 @item -G
2958
2959 @samp{--incremental}
2960
2961 @item -K
2962
2963 @samp{--starting-file}
2964
2965 @item -L
2966
2967 @samp{--tape-length}
2968
2969 @item -M
2970
2971 @samp{--multi-volume}
2972
2973 @item -N
2974
2975 @samp{--newer}
2976
2977 @item -O
2978
2979 @samp{--to-stdout}
2980
2981 @item -P
2982
2983 @samp{--absolute-names}
2984
2985 @item -R
2986
2987 @samp{--block-number}
2988
2989 @item -S
2990
2991 @samp{--sparse}
2992
2993 @item -T
2994
2995 @samp{--files-from}
2996
2997 @item -U
2998
2999 @samp{--unlink-first}
3000
3001 @item -V
3002
3003 @samp{--label}
3004
3005 @item -W
3006
3007 @samp{--verify}
3008
3009 @item -X
3010
3011 @samp{--exclude-from}
3012
3013 @item -Z
3014
3015 @samp{--compress}
3016
3017 @item -b
3018
3019 @samp{--blocking-factor}
3020
3021 @item -c
3022
3023 @samp{--create}
3024
3025 @item -d
3026
3027 @samp{--compare}
3028
3029 @item -f
3030
3031 @samp{--file}
3032
3033 @item -g
3034
3035 @samp{--listed-incremental}
3036
3037 @item -h
3038
3039 @samp{--dereference}
3040
3041 @item -i
3042
3043 @samp{--ignore-zeros}
3044
3045 @item -k
3046
3047 @samp{--keep-old-files}
3048
3049 @item -l
3050
3051 @samp{--one-file-system}
3052
3053 @item -m
3054
3055 @samp{--touch}
3056
3057 @item -o
3058
3059 @samp{--portability}
3060
3061 @item -p
3062
3063 @samp{--preserve-permissions}
3064
3065 @item -r
3066
3067 @samp{--append}
3068
3069 @item -s
3070
3071 @samp{--same-order}
3072
3073 @item -t
3074
3075 @samp{--list}
3076
3077 @item -u
3078
3079 @samp{--update}
3080
3081 @item -v
3082
3083 @samp{--verbose}
3084
3085 @item -w
3086
3087 @samp{--interactive}
3088
3089 @item -x
3090
3091 @samp{--extract}
3092
3093 @item -y
3094
3095 @samp{--bzip2}
3096
3097 @item -z
3098
3099 @samp{--gzip}
3100
3101 @end table
3102
3103 @node help, verbose, All Options, tar invocation
3104 @section GNU @code{tar} documentation
3105
3106 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using GNU
3107 @code{tar}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option will generate a message
3108 giving confirmation that you are using GNU @code{tar}, with the precise
3109 version of GNU @code{tar} you are using. @code{tar} identifies itself
3110 and prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3111 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3112 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3113
3114 @example
3115 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3116 @end example
3117
3118 @noindent
3119 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3120 name in the package (for example, @code{rmt} is another program), while
3121 the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package itself,
3122 containing possibly many programs. The package is currently named
3123 @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it contains@footnote{There
3124 are plans to merge the @code{cpio} and @code{tar} packages into a single one
3125 which would be called @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days,
3126 the @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (GNU paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3127
3128 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3129 of some particular @code{tar} option, without resorting to this manual,
3130 for once you have carefully read it. GNU @code{tar} has a short help
3131 feature, triggerable through the @value{op-help} option. By using this
3132 option, @code{tar} will print a usage message listing all available
3133 options on standard output, then exit successfully, without doing
3134 anything else and ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a
3135 brief summary, it may be several screens long. So, if you are not
3136 using some kind of scrollable window, you might prefer to use something
3137 like:
3138
3139 @example
3140 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3141 @end example
3142
3143 @noindent
3144 presuming, here, that you like using @code{less} for a pager. Other
3145 popular pagers are @code{more} and @code{pg}. If you know about some
3146 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3147 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3148
3149 @example
3150 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3151 @end example
3152
3153 @noindent
3154 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3155
3156 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3157 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3158 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3159 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3160 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3161
3162 The short help output is quite succint, and you might have to get back
3163 to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading this
3164 paragraph, you already have the @code{tar} manual in some form. This
3165 manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small book. It may
3166 printed out of the GNU @code{tar} distribution, provided you have @TeX{}
3167 already installed somewhere, and a laser printer around. Just configure
3168 the distribution, execute the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print
3169 @file{doc/tar.dvi} the usual way (contact your local guru to know how).
3170 If GNU @code{tar} has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3171 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3172 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3173 @code{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within GNU
3174 Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3175
3176 There is currently no @code{man} page for GNU @code{tar}. If you observe
3177 such a @code{man} page on the system you are running, either it does not
3178 long to GNU @code{tar}, or it has not been produced by GNU. Currently,
3179 GNU @code{tar} documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3180 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3181
3182 @node verbose, interactive, help, tar invocation
3183 @section Checking @code{tar} progress
3184
3185 @cindex Progress information
3186 @cindex Status information
3187 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3188 @cindex Verbose operation
3189 @cindex Block number where error occured
3190 @cindex Error message, block number of
3191 @cindex Version of the @code{tar} program
3192
3193 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3194 @cindex Information during operation
3195 @cindex Feedback from @code{tar}
3196
3197 Typically, @code{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3198 information to the user except error messages. When using @code{tar}
3199 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3200 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3201 @code{tar} provides several options that make observing @code{tar}
3202 easier. These options cause @code{tar} to print information as it
3203 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3204 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3205 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3206 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3207 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3208 helpful diagnostic tools.
3209
3210 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3211 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3212 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3213 @code{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3214 is processed. This and the other options which make @code{tar} print
3215 status information can be useful in monitoring @code{tar}.
3216
3217 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3218 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3219 Using it twice causes @code{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3220 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3221 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3222 causes @code{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3223 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3224 long list output:
3225
3226 @example
3227 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3228 $ @kbd{tar xvv archive.tar}
3229 @end example
3230
3231 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3232 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3233 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3234 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3235 @code{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3236
3237 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3238 @value{op-create}---causes @code{tar} to print the total
3239 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3240
3241 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3242 as @code{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it print
3243 directory names while reading the archive. It is designed for
3244 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3245 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @code{tar}
3246 is actually making forward progress.
3247
3248 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3249 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3250
3251 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3252 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3253 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3254 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3255 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3256 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3257 some other reason.
3258
3259 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @code{tar} prints, along with every
3260 message it would normally produce, the block number within the archive
3261 where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages are
3262 triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of file on
3263 the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated with a NUL
3264 block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file is met, so the
3265 position of end of file will not usually show when @value{op-block-number}
3266 is used. Note that GNU @code{tar} drains the archive before exiting when
3267 reading the archive from a pipe.
3268
3269 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3270 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3271 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3272 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3273 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3274 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3275 backup section written}.
3276
3277 @node interactive, , verbose, tar invocation
3278 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3279 @cindex Interactive operation
3280
3281 Typically, @code{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3282 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3283 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3284 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3285 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3286 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3287 @code{tar} also accepts @samp{--confirmation} for this option.
3288
3289 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3290 reading, writing, or deleting files, @code{tar} first prints a message
3291 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3292 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3293 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3294 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3295 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3296 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3297 than @samp{y}, @code{tar} skips that file.
3298
3299 If @code{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3300 @code{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3301 communications.
3302
3303 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3304 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3305 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3306 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3307 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3308 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3309 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3310 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3311 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3312 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3313 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3314
3315 @node operations, Backups, tar invocation, Top
3316 @chapter GNU @code{tar} Operations
3317
3318 @menu
3319 * Basic tar::
3320 * Advanced tar::
3321 * extract options::
3322 * backup::
3323 * Applications::
3324 * looking ahead::
3325 @end menu
3326
3327 @node Basic tar, Advanced tar, operations, operations
3328 @section Basic GNU @code{tar} Operations
3329
3330 The basic @code{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3331 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3332 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3333 for these operations.
3334
3335 @table @asis
3336 @item @value{op-create}
3337
3338 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3339 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3340 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3341 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3342 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @code{tar}
3343 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3344 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3345 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3346 common errors are:
3347
3348 @enumerate
3349 @item
3350 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3351 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3352 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next ot each other on
3353 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3354 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3355 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3356
3357 @item
3358 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3359 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3360 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3361 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3362 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3363 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3364 @end enumerate
3365
3366 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3367 errors, GNU @code{tar} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3368 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3369 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3370 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of GNU
3371 @code{tar} and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3372 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3373 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3374
3375 @example
3376 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3377 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3378 @end example
3379
3380 @item @value{op-extract}
3381
3382 A socket is stored, within a GNU @code{tar} archive, as a pipe.
3383
3384 @item @value{op-list}
3385
3386 GNU @code{tar} now shows dates as @samp{1996-11-09}, while it used to
3387 show them as @samp{Nov 11 1996}. (One can revert to the old behavior by
3388 defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c} before reinstalling.)
3389 But preferrably, people you should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local
3390 American dates should be made available again with full date localisation
3391 support, once ready. In the meantime, programs not being localisable
3392 for dates should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
3393
3394 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3395 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3396
3397 @end table
3398
3399 @node Advanced tar, extract options, Basic tar, operations
3400 @section Advanced GNU @code{tar} Operations
3401
3402 Now that you have learned the basics of using GNU @code{tar}, you may
3403 want to learn about further ways in which @code{tar} can help you.
3404
3405 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3406 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3407 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3408 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @code{tar}
3409 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3410 define the output from @code{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3411 error correction in special circumstances.
3412
3413 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3414 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3415
3416 @menu
3417 * Operations::
3418 * current state::
3419 * append::
3420 * update::
3421 * concatenate::
3422 * delete::
3423 * compare::
3424 @end menu
3425
3426 @node Operations, current state, Advanced tar, Advanced tar
3427 @subsection The Five Advanced @code{tar} Operations
3428 @UNREVISED
3429
3430 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3431 @code{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3432 @code{tar}: @samp{--append}, @samp{--update}, @samp{--concatenate},
3433 @samp{--delete}, and @samp{--compare}.
3434
3435 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3436 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3437 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3438 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3439 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3440 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3441 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3442 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3443
3444 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3445 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3446 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3447 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3448
3449 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3450 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3451 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3452 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3453 where the last chapter left them.)
3454
3455 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3456
3457 @table @kbd
3458 @item --append
3459 @itemx -r
3460 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3461 @item --update
3462 @itemx -r
3463 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3464 they exist.
3465 @item --concatenate
3466 @itemx --catenate
3467 @itemx -A
3468 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3469 @item --delete
3470 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3471 @item --compare
3472 @itemx --diff
3473 @itemx -d
3474 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3475 @end table
3476
3477 @node current state, append, Operations, Advanced tar
3478 @ifinfo
3479 @subsection The Current State of the Practice Files
3480 @end ifinfo
3481
3482 Currently, the listing of the directory using @code{ls} is as follows:
3483
3484 @example
3485
3486 @end example
3487
3488 @noindent
3489 The archive file @samp{collection.tar} looks like this:
3490
3491 @example
3492 $ @kbd{tar -tvf collection.tar}
3493
3494 @end example
3495
3496 @noindent
3497 The archive file @samp{music.tar} looks like this:
3498
3499 @example
3500 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
3501
3502 @end example
3503
3504 @FIXME{need to fill in the above!!!}
3505
3506 @node append, update, current state, Advanced tar
3507 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
3508 @UNREVISED
3509
3510 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3511 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3512 already exist in order to use @samp{--append}. (A related operation
3513 is the @samp{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3514 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3515 do this with @samp{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3516
3517 @FIXME{Explain in second paragraph whether you can get to the previous
3518 version -- explain whole situation somewhat more clearly.}
3519
3520 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3521 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3522 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3523 complex. @code{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite numbers of files
3524 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3525 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3526 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3527 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3528
3529 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3530 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3531 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3532 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3533 @samp{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3534 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3535 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{overwrite} a file of
3536 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @code{tar}
3537 will not prompt you about this. Thus, only the most recently archived
3538 member will end up being extracted, as it will overwrite the one
3539 extracted before it, and so on.
3540
3541 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3542 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...}
3543
3544 There are a few ways to get around this. @FIXME-xref{Multiple Members
3545 with the Same Name}.
3546
3547 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3548 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3549 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3550 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3551 @samp{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3552 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3553 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truely
3554 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3555 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3556 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3557
3558 @menu
3559 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3560 * multiple::
3561 @end menu
3562
3563 @node appending files, multiple, append, append
3564 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3565 @UNREVISED
3566 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3567 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3568 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3569
3570 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3571 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3572 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3573 When you use @samp{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3574 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3575 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3576 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3577 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3578 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3579 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3580
3581 @samp{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3582 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3583 must be a valid @code{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3584 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3585
3586 To demonstrate using @samp{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3587 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3588 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3589 following @code{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3590 @file{collection.tar}:
3591
3592 @example
3593 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3594 @end example
3595
3596 @noindent
3597 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3598 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3599
3600 @example
3601 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3602 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3603 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3604 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3605 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3606 @end example
3607
3608 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3609 title claims it will become...}
3610
3611 @node multiple, , appending files, append
3612 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3613
3614 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3615 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3616 doing this since there is another @code{tar} option called
3617 @samp{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3618 use of @samp{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3619 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3620 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3621 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3622 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3623 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that re explicitly don't
3624 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3625 the situation.} When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3626 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3627 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3628 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will overwrite a
3629 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3630 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3631 versions of the file.
3632
3633 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3634 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3635 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3636 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3637 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3638 version of the file will be extracted first, and then overwritten by the
3639 newer version when it is extracted.
3640
3641 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3642 archive in this way:
3643
3644 @example
3645 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3646 blues
3647 @end example
3648
3649 @noindent
3650 Because you specified the @samp{--verbose} option, @code{tar} has
3651 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3652 list the contents of the archive:
3653
3654 @example
3655 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3656 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3657 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3658 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3659 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3660 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3661 @end example
3662
3663 @noindent
3664 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3665 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3666 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3667 overwritten by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3668 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory. @xref{Writing}
3669 for more information. (@emph{Please note:} This is the case unless
3670 you employ the @value{op-backup} option; @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members
3671 with the Same Name}.)
3672
3673 @node update, concatenate, append, Advanced tar
3674 @subsection Updating an Archive
3675 @UNREVISED
3676 @cindex Updating an archive
3677
3678 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3679 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3680 @value{op-update}. The @samp{--update} operation updates a @code{tar}
3681 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3682 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3683 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3684 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3685
3686 Unfortunately, you cannot use @samp{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3687 The operation will fail.
3688
3689 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3690 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3691
3692 Both @samp{--update} and @samp{--append} work by adding to the end
3693 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3694 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3695 the @value{op-backup} option (@FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3696 Same Name}).
3697
3698 @menu
3699 * how to update::
3700 @end menu
3701
3702 @node how to update, , update, update
3703 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @code{--update}
3704
3705 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3706 If you don't specify any files, @code{tar} won't act on any files and
3707 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3708 you).
3709
3710 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3711 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3712
3713 To see the @samp{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3714 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3715 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @code{tar} with
3716 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3717 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3718 arguments:
3719
3720 @example
3721 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3722 blues
3723 classical
3724 $
3725 @end example
3726
3727 @noindent
3728 Because we have specified verbose mode, @code{tar} prints out the names
3729 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3730 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3731 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3732 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3733 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3734 updating it.
3735
3736 (The reason @code{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3737 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3738 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media} for more
3739 information about tapes.
3740
3741 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3742 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it lengthens
3743 the archive every time it is used. The GNU @code{tar} options intended
3744 specifically for backups are more efficient. If you need to run
3745 backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3746
3747 @node concatenate, delete, update, Advanced tar
3748 @subsection Combining Archives with @code{--concatenate}
3749
3750 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3751 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3752 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3753 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3754 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3755 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3756
3757 To use @samp{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3758 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3759 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3760 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3761 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. For
3762 information on how this affects reading the archive, @FIXME-ref{Multiple
3763 Members with the Same Name}.
3764
3765 To demonstrate how @samp{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3766 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3767 files from @file{practice}:
3768
3769 @example
3770 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3771 blues
3772 classical
3773 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3774 folk
3775 jazz
3776 @end example
3777
3778 @noindent
3779 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3780 contain what they are supposed to:
3781
3782 @example
3783 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3784 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3785 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3786 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3787 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3788 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3789 @end example
3790
3791 We can concatenate these two archives with @code{tar}:
3792
3793 @example
3794 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3795 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3796 @end example
3797
3798 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3799 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3800
3801 @example
3802 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3803 blues
3804 rock
3805 jazz
3806 folk
3807 @end example
3808
3809 When you use @samp{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3810 already exist and must have been created using compatable format
3811 parameters (@FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}). The new,
3812 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3813 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3814 new name?}
3815
3816 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3817 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3818
3819 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @code{cat}
3820 @cindex @code{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3821 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @code{cat} to
3822 concatenate two archives instead of using the @samp{--concatenate}
3823 operation; after all, @code{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3824
3825 However, @code{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3826 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3827 one archive. @samp{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3828 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3829 @code{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3830 @code{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3831 archive that was added to using the @code{cat} utility, use the
3832 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros} for further
3833 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3834 @code{cat} shell utility.
3835
3836 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3837 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3838 do not specify the target archive, @code{tar} uses the value of the
3839 environment variable @code{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3840 default archive name.
3841
3842 @node delete, compare, concatenate, Advanced tar
3843 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @samp{--delete}
3844 @UNREVISED
3845 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3846 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3847
3848 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3849 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3850 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3851 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3852 cause @code{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3853 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3854 using @samp{tar --delete}. @samp{--delete} will remove all versions of
3855 the named file from the archive. The @samp{--delete} operation can run
3856 very slowly.
3857
3858 Unlike other operations, @samp{--delete} has no short form.
3859
3860 @cindex Tapes, using @code{--delete} and
3861 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3862 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3863 @samp{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3864 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3865 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3866 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3867 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3868 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3869 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3870
3871 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3872 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3873 are in that directory, and then,
3874
3875 @example
3876 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3877 blues
3878 folk
3879 jazz
3880 rock
3881 practice/blues
3882 practice/folk
3883 practice/jazz
3884 practice/rock
3885 practice/blues
3886 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3887 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3888 folk
3889 jazz
3890 rock
3891 $
3892 @end example
3893
3894 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3895 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3896 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3897
3898 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3899 @code{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3900
3901 @node compare, , delete, Advanced tar
3902 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3903 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3904 @UNREVISED
3905
3906 The @samp{--compare} (@samp{-d}), or @samp{--diff} operation compares
3907 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3908 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3909 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3910 names. If you do not name any members, then @code{tar} will compare the
3911 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3912 exist in the file system, @code{tar} reports a difference.
3913
3914 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3915 archive with a non-default record size.
3916
3917 @code{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3918 corresponding members in the archive.
3919
3920 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3921 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3922 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3923 @file{funk}; @code{tar} will report an error message.)
3924
3925 @example
3926 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
3927 rock
3928 blues
3929 tar: funk not found in archive
3930 @end example
3931
3932 @noindent
3933 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
3934 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @code{tar} and the
3935 version you are running, @code{tar} may have a different error message,
3936 such as:
3937
3938 @example
3939 funk: does not exist
3940 @end example
3941
3942 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
3943 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
3944 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
3945
3946 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
3947 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
3948 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
3949
3950 @node extract options, backup, Advanced tar, operations
3951 @section Options Used by @code{--extract}
3952 @UNREVISED
3953
3954 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
3955 there's a better way of organizing them.}
3956
3957 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
3958 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @code{tar} to
3959 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
3960 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
3961 presents options to be used with @samp{--extract} when certain special
3962 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
3963 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
3964 @samp{--extract} operation.
3965
3966 @menu
3967 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
3968 * Writing:: Changing How @code{tar} Writes Files
3969 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
3970 @end menu
3971
3972 @node Reading, Writing, extract options, extract options
3973 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
3974 @cindex Options when reading archives
3975 @cindex Reading incomplete records
3976 @cindex Records, incomplete
3977 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
3978 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
3979 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
3980 @cindex Small memory
3981 @cindex Running out of space
3982 @UNREVISED
3983
3984 Normally, @code{tar} will request data in full record increments from
3985 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
3986 @code{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
3987 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
3988 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
3989 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
3990 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
3991 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
3992 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
3993
3994 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
3995 @code{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
3996 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
3997 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
3998 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @code{tar}
3999 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4000
4001 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4002 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4003 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4004 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4005 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4006
4007 @menu
4008 * read full records::
4009 * Ignore Zeros::
4010 * Ignore Failed Read::
4011 @end menu
4012
4013 @node read full records, Ignore Zeros, Reading, Reading
4014 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4015
4016 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4017
4018 @table @kbd
4019 @item --read-full-records
4020 @item -B
4021 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4022 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4023 than the one specified.
4024 @end table
4025
4026 @node Ignore Zeros, Ignore Failed Read, read full records, Reading
4027 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4028
4029 Normally, @code{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4030 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4031 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @code{tar} to completely read an archive
4032 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4033 archive, or one which was created by @code{cat}-ing several archives
4034 together).
4035
4036 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4037 versions of @code{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4038 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. GNU
4039 @code{tar} does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4040 maintain compatablity among archiving utilities.
4041
4042 @table @kbd
4043 @item --ignore-zeros
4044 @itemx -i
4045 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4046 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4047 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4048 @end table
4049
4050 @node Ignore Failed Read, , Ignore Zeros, Reading
4051 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignore Fail Read
4052
4053 @FIXME{Is this in the right place? It doesn't exist anywhere else in
4054 the book (except the appendix), and has no further explanation. For that
4055 matter, what does it mean?!}
4056
4057 @table @kbd
4058 @item --ignore-failed-read
4059 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4060 @end table
4061
4062 @node Writing, Scarce, Reading, extract options
4063 @subsection Changing How @code{tar} Writes Files
4064 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4065 @cindex Protecting old files
4066 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4067 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4068 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4069 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4070 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4071 @UNREVISED
4072
4073 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4074
4075 @menu
4076 * Prevention Overwriting::
4077 * Keep Old Files::
4078 * Unlink First::
4079 * Recursive Unlink::
4080 * Modification Times::
4081 * Setting Access Permissions::
4082 * Writing to Standard Output::
4083 * remove files::
4084 @end menu
4085
4086 @node Prevention Overwriting, Keep Old Files, Writing, Writing
4087 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options to Prevent Overwriting Files
4088
4089 Normally, @code{tar} writes extracted files into the file system without
4090 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4091 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4092 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4093 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4094 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4095 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4096 they are found to be on the way of the proper extraction.
4097
4098 To prevent @code{tar} from extracting an archive member from an archive
4099 if doing so will overwrite a file in the file system, use
4100 @value{op-keep-old-files} in conjunction with @samp{--extract}. When
4101 this option is specified, @code{tar} will report an error stating the
4102 name of the files in conflict instead of overwriting the file with the
4103 corresponding extracted archive member.
4104
4105 @FIXME{these two P's have problems. i don't understand what they're
4106 trying to talk about well enough to fix them; i may have just made them
4107 worse (in particular the first of the two). waiting to talk with hag.}
4108
4109 The @value{op-unlink-first} option removes existing files, symbolic links,
4110 empty directories, devices, etc., @emph{prior} to extracting over them.
4111 In particular, using this option will prevent replacing an already existing
4112 symbolic link by the name of an extracted file, since the link itself
4113 is removed prior to the extraction, rather than the file it points to.
4114 On some systems, the backing store for the executable @emph{is} the
4115 original program text. You could use the @value{op-unlink-first} option
4116 to prevent segmentation violations or other woes when extracting arbitrary
4117 executables over currently running copies. Note that if something goes
4118 wrong with the extraction and you @emph{did} use this option, you might
4119 end up with no file at all. Without this option, if something goes wrong
4120 with the extraction, the existing file is not overwritten and preserved.
4121
4122 @FIXME{huh?} If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4123 @code{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4124 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4125 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy. For example, someone
4126 using this feature may be very surprised at the results when extracting
4127 a directory entry from the archive. This option can be dangerous; be
4128 very aware of what you are doing if you choose to use it.
4129
4130 @menu
4131 * Keep Old Files::
4132 * Unlink First::
4133 * Recursive Unlink::
4134 @end menu
4135
4136 @node Keep Old Files, Unlink First, Prevention Overwriting, Writing
4137 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4138
4139 @table @kbd
4140 @item --keep-old-files
4141 @itemx -k
4142 Do not overwrite existing files from archive. The
4143 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @code{tar} from over-writing
4144 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4145 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4146 Prevents @code{tar} from overwriting files in the file system during
4147 extraction.
4148 @end table
4149
4150 @node Unlink First, Recursive Unlink, Keep Old Files, Writing
4151 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4152
4153 @table @kbd
4154 @item --unlink-first
4155 @itemx -U
4156 Try removing files before extracting over them, instead of trying to
4157 overwrite them.
4158 @end table
4159
4160 @node Recursive Unlink, Modification Times, Unlink First, Writing
4161 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4162
4163 @table @kbd
4164 @item --recursive-unlink
4165 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4166 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4167 @end table
4168
4169 Some people argue that GNU @code{tar} should not hesitate to overwrite
4170 files with other files when extracting. When extracting a @code{tar}
4171 archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the state of the filesystem
4172 when the archive was created. It is debatable that this would always
4173 be a proper behaviour. For example, suppose one has an archive in
4174 which @file{usr/local} is a link to @file{usr/local2}. Since then,
4175 maybe the site removed the link and renamed the whole hierarchy from
4176 @file{/usr/local2} to @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time.
4177 I guess it would not be welcome at all that GNU @code{tar} removes the
4178 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated (unless it
4179 @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full @file{/usr/local2}, of course!
4180 GNU @code{tar} is indeed able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a
4181 symbolic link, for example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink}
4182 is specified to allow this behaviour. In any case, single files are
4183 silently removed.
4184
4185 @node Modification Times, Setting Access Permissions, Recursive Unlink, Writing
4186 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4187
4188 Normally, @code{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4189 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4190 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4191 setting.
4192
4193 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4194 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4195 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4196
4197 @table @kbd
4198 @item --touch
4199 @itemx -m
4200 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4201 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4202 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4203 @end table
4204
4205 @node Setting Access Permissions, Writing to Standard Output, Modification Times, Writing
4206 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4207
4208 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4209 recorded for those files in the archive, use @samp{--same-persmissions}
4210 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4211 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4212
4213 @table @kbd
4214 @item --preserve-permission
4215 @itemx --same-permission
4216 @itemx --ignore-umask
4217 @itemx -p
4218 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4219 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4220 @value{op-extract}.
4221 @end table
4222
4223 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesnt' this cat
4224 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4225 more than one file?}
4226
4227 @node Writing to Standard Output, remove files, Setting Access Permissions, Writing
4228 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4229
4230 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4231 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4232 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4233 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4234 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4235 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4236 found in the archive.
4237
4238 @table @kbd
4239 @item --to-stdout
4240 @itemx -O
4241 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4242 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4243 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @code{tar} writes
4244 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4245 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4246 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4247 @end table
4248
4249 @FIXME{Why would you want to do such a thing, how are files separated on
4250 the standard output? is this useful with more that one file? Are
4251 pipes the real reason?}
4252
4253 @node remove files, , Writing to Standard Output, Writing
4254 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4255
4256 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4257 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4258 else in the book...}
4259
4260 @table @kbd
4261 @item --remove-files
4262 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4263 @end table
4264
4265 @node Scarce, , Writing, extract options
4266 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4267 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4268 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4269 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4270 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4271 @UNREVISED
4272
4273 @menu
4274 * Starting File::
4275 * Same Order::
4276 @end menu
4277
4278 @node Starting File, Same Order, Scarce, Scarce
4279 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4280
4281 @table @kbd
4282 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4283 @itemx -K @var{name}
4284 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4285 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4286 @end table
4287
4288 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4289 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4290 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4291 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4292 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @code{tar},
4293 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4294 same @code{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4295 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4296 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4297
4298 @node Same Order, , Starting File, Scarce
4299 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4300
4301 @table @kbd
4302 @item --same-order
4303 @itemx --preserve-order
4304 @itemx -s
4305 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4306 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4307 @value{op-list}
4308 or @value{op-extract}.
4309 @end table
4310
4311 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4312 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4313 the option to exist in either version?}
4314
4315 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4316
4317 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @code{tar} that the list of file
4318 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4319 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4320 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4321 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4322 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4323
4324 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4325
4326 @node backup, Applications, extract options, operations
4327 @section Backup options
4328
4329 @cindex backup options
4330
4331 GNU @code{tar} offers options for making backups of files before writing
4332 new versions. These options control the details of these backups.
4333 They may apply to the archive itself before it is created or rewritten,
4334 as well as individual extracted members. Other GNU programs (@code{cp},
4335 @code{install}, @code{ln}, and @code{mv}, for example) offer similar
4336 options.
4337
4338 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4339 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4340 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4341 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4342 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4343 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4344 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4345 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4346 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4347 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4348
4349 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4350 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4351 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4352 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4353 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4354 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4355 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4356 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4357 refers to a remote file.
4358
4359 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4360 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4361 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4362 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4363 file are kept.
4364
4365 @table @samp
4366
4367 @item --backup
4368 @opindex --backup
4369 @cindex backups, making
4370 Make backups of files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4371 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4372
4373 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4374 @opindex --suffix
4375 @cindex backup suffix
4376 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4377 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @samp{-b}. If this
4378 option is not specified, the value of the @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4379 environment variable is used. And if @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4380 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4381
4382 @item --version-control=@var{method}
4383 @opindex --version-control
4384 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4385 @cindex backup files, type made
4386 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made with @value{op-backup}.
4387 If this option is not specified, the value of the @code{VERSION_CONTROL}
4388 environment variable is used. And if @code{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4389 the default backup type is @samp{existing}.
4390
4391 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4392 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4393 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This options
4394 also more descriptive name. The valid @var{method}s (unique
4395 abbreviations are accepted):
4396
4397 @table @samp
4398 @item t
4399 @itemx numbered
4400 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4401 Always make numbered backups.
4402
4403 @item nil
4404 @itemx existing
4405 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4406 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4407 of the others.
4408
4409 @item never
4410 @itemx simple
4411 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4412 Always make simple backups.
4413
4414 @end table
4415
4416 @end table
4417
4418 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @var{op-backup}
4419 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4420 as one may thing, due to the fact old style options should appear first
4421 and consume arguments a bit inpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4422 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4423 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4424
4425 @example
4426 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4427 @end example
4428
4429 @node Applications, looking ahead, backup, operations
4430 @section Notable @code{tar} Usages
4431 @UNREVISED
4432
4433 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4434 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4435 @code{tar}ring that directory.}
4436
4437 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4438
4439 @findex uuencode
4440 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4441 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4442 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4443 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4444 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4445 archive with @code{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4446 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4447 long as they both support the @code{tar} program.
4448
4449 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4450 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4451 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4452 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4453
4454 @smallexample
4455 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4456 @end smallexample
4457
4458 @noindent
4459 The command also works using short option forms:
4460
4461 @FIXME{The following using standard input/output correct??}
4462 @smallexample
4463 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4464 @end smallexample
4465
4466 @noindent
4467 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @code{tar} archive.
4468
4469 @node looking ahead, , Applications, operations
4470 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4471
4472 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4473 @code{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4474 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4475 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4476 arguments to @code{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4477 archive the same list of files a number of times), and how to
4478 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4479 based on my imited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4480 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4481 remember to sitck it in here. :-)}
4482
4483 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4484 you can list the names in a file, and @code{tar} will read that file.
4485 @value{xref-files-from}.
4486
4487 There are various ways of causing @code{tar} to skip over some files,
4488 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4489
4490 @node Backups, Choosing, operations, Top
4491 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4492 @UNREVISED
4493
4494 GNU @code{tar} is distributed along with the scripts which the Free
4495 Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There is no corresponding
4496 scripts available yet for doing restoration of files. Even if there is
4497 a good chance those scripts may be satisfying to you, they are not the
4498 only scripts or methods available for doing backups and restore. You may
4499 well create your own, or use more sophisticated packages dedicated to
4500 that purpose.
4501
4502 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4503 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4504 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4505 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4506
4507 @example
4508 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4509 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4510 @end example
4511
4512 @ifclear PUBLISH
4513
4514 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4515 scripts which are provided within the GNU @code{tar} distribution.
4516
4517 @example
4518 .* dumps
4519 . + what are dumps
4520
4521 . + different levels of dumps
4522 . - full dump = dump everything
4523 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4524 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4525 n-1 dump (?)
4526
4527 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4528 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4529
4530 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4531 . - how to customize
4532 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4533
4534 . + Problems
4535 . - rsh doesn't work
4536 . - rtape isn't installed
4537 . - (others?)
4538
4539 . + the --incremental option of tar
4540
4541 . + tapes
4542 . - write protection
4543 . - types of media
4544 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4545 . - files and tape marks
4546 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4547 . - positioning the tape
4548 MT writes two at end of write,
4549 backspaces over one when writing again.
4550 @end example
4551
4552 @end ifclear
4553
4554 This chapter documents both the provided FSF scripts and @code{tar}
4555 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4556
4557 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4558 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4559 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4560 file is accidently deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4561 called @dfn{dumps}.
4562
4563 @menu
4564 * Full Dumps:: Using @code{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4565 * Inc Dumps:: Using @code{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4566 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4567 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4568 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4569 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4570 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4571 @end menu
4572
4573 @node Full Dumps, Inc Dumps, Backups, Backups
4574 @section Using @code{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4575 @UNREVISED
4576
4577 @cindex full dumps
4578 @cindex dumps, full
4579
4580 @cindex corrupted archives
4581 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4582 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4583 @code{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4584 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4585 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4586 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4587
4588 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4589 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4590 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4591
4592 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4593 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4594 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4595
4596 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4597 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @code{tar} from crossing
4598 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4599
4600 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4601 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4602 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4603
4604 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @code{tar} program (and your
4605 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4606 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4607 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4608 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4609 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4610
4611 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4612 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4613 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4614
4615 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4616
4617 @value{op-incremental} handle old GNU-format incremental backup.
4618
4619 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
4620 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @code{tar}
4621 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
4622 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
4623 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
4624 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
4625 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
4626 doing a complete incremental restore.
4627
4628 Note that this option causes @code{tar} to create a non-standard
4629 archive that may not be readable by non-GNU versions of the @code{tar}
4630 program.
4631
4632 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
4633 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
4634
4635 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list}, @code{tar}
4636 will list, for each directory in the archive, the list of files in
4637 that directory at the time the archive was created. This information
4638 is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to read, but which
4639 is unambiguous for a program: each file name is preceded by either a
4640 @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive, an @samp{N} if the
4641 file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is
4642 a directory (and is included in the archive). Each file name is
4643 terminated by a null character. The last file is followed by an
4644 additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
4645
4646 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
4647 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
4648 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
4649 deleted from the directory}.
4650
4651 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
4652 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
4653 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
4654 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
4655 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4656
4657 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new GNU-format incremental backup.
4658 This option handles new GNU-format incremental backup. It has much the
4659 same effect as @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump
4660 is done and the list of directories dumped is written to the given
4661 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
4662 restored, and the direcotyr list is used to speed up operations.
4663
4664 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4665 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @code{tar} to
4666 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
4667 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
4668 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
4669 be updated by @code{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
4670 this option is specified, @code{tar} will create it, and include all
4671 appropriate files in the archive.
4672
4673 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
4674 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
4675 @code{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
4676 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
4677 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
4678 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
4679 created.
4680
4681 GNU @code{tar} actually writes the file twice: once before the data
4682 and written, and once after.
4683
4684 @node Inc Dumps, incremental and listed-incremental, Full Dumps, Backups
4685 @section Using @code{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4686 @UNREVISED
4687
4688 @cindex incremental dumps
4689 @cindex dumps, incremental
4690
4691 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
4692 although a few more options will usually be needed.
4693
4694 You will need to use the @samp{-N @var{date}} option to tell @code{tar}
4695 to only store files that have been modified since @var{date}.
4696 @var{date} should be the date and time of the last full/incremental
4697 dump.
4698
4699 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
4700 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
4701 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
4702 monthly) dump.
4703
4704 Here is a copy of the script used to dump the filesystems of the
4705 machines here at the Free Software Foundation. This script is run via
4706 @code{cron} late at night when people are least likely to be using the
4707 machines. This script dumps several filesystems from several machines
4708 at once (via NFS). The operator is responsible for ensuring that all
4709 the machines will be up at the time the dump happens. If a machine is
4710 not running, its files will not be dumped, and the next day's
4711 incremental dump will @emph{not} store files that would have gone onto
4712 that dump.
4713
4714 @example
4715 #!/bin/csh
4716 # Dump thingie
4717 set now = `date`
4718 set then = `cat date.nfs.dump`
4719 /u/hack/bin/tar -c -G -v\
4720 -f /dev/rtu20\
4721 -b 126\
4722 -N "$then"\
4723 -V "Dump from $then to $now"\
4724 /alpha-bits/gp\
4725 /gnu/hack\
4726 /hobbes/u\
4727 /spiff/u\
4728 /sugar-bombs/u
4729 echo $now > date.nfs.dump
4730 mt -f /dev/rtu20 rew
4731 @end example
4732
4733 Output from this script is stored in a file, for the operator to
4734 read later.
4735
4736 This script uses the file @file{date.nfs.dump} to store the date/time
4737 of the last dump.
4738
4739 Since this is a streaming tape drive, no attempt to verify the archive
4740 is done. This is also why the high blocking factor (126) is used.
4741 The tape drive must also be rewound by the @code{mt} command after
4742 the dump is made.
4743
4744 @node incremental and listed-incremental, Backup Levels, Inc Dumps, Backups
4745 @section The Incremental Options
4746 @UNREVISED
4747
4748 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
4749 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
4750 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
4751 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
4752 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
4753 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
4754 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
4755
4756 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
4757 @code{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
4758 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
4759 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
4760 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
4761 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
4762
4763 Note that this option causes @code{tar} to create a non-standard
4764 archive that may not be readable by non-GNU versions of the @code{tar}
4765 program.
4766
4767 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
4768 @code{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
4769 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
4770 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
4771 extract the files in the archive.
4772
4773 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
4774 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
4775 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
4776 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
4777 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4778
4779 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list}, causes
4780 @code{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
4781 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4782 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4783 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4784 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4785 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4786 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4787 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
4788 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
4789
4790 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4791 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @code{tar}
4792 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
4793 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
4794 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
4795 then be updated by @code{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
4796 when this option is specified, @code{tar} will create it, and include
4797 all appropriate files in the archive.
4798
4799 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
4800 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
4801 directory names. @code{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
4802 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
4803 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
4804 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
4805 actually created.
4806
4807 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
4808 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
4809 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
4810 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
4811 So @code{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
4812 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4813 to be a better way to go.
4814
4815 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
4816
4817 @node Backup Levels, Backup Parameters, incremental and listed-incremental, Backups
4818 @section Levels of Backups
4819 @UNREVISED
4820
4821 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4822 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4823 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4824 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4825 are daily re-archived.
4826
4827 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4828 files between full dumps, you can a incremental dump. A @dfn{level
4829 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4830 dump.
4831
4832 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4833 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4834 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4835 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4836 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4837 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4838 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4839 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4840
4841 GNU @code{tar} comes with scripts you can use to do full and level-one
4842 dumps. Using scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and
4843 restoration is a convenient and reliable alternative to typing out
4844 file name lists and @code{tar} commands by hand.
4845
4846 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4847 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4848 scripts and by the restore script. @FIXME{There is no such restore
4849 script!}. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax}. Once the backup parameters
4850 are set, you can perform backups or restoration by running the
4851 appropriate script.
4852
4853 The name of the restore script is @code{restore}. @FIXME{There is
4854 no such restore script!}. The names of the level one and full backup
4855 scripts are, respectively, @code{level-1} and @code{level-0}.
4856 The @code{level-0} script also exists under the name @code{weekly}, and
4857 the @code{level-1} under the name @code{daily}---these additional names
4858 can be changed according to your backup schedule. @FIXME-xref{Scripted
4859 Restoration}, for more information on running the restoration script.
4860 @FIXME-xref{Scripted Backups}, for more information on running the
4861 backup scripts.
4862
4863 @emph{Please Note:} The backup scripts and the restoration scripts are
4864 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4865 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4866 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4867 it is easier to use the scripts. @FIXME{There is no such restore script!}.
4868 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{xref-listed-incremental},
4869 before making such an attempt.
4870
4871 @FIXME{shorten node names}
4872
4873 @node Backup Parameters, Scripted Backups, Backup Levels, Backups
4874 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4875 @UNREVISED
4876
4877 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4878 backup and restoration scripts provided with @code{tar}. You must
4879 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4880 before using these scripts.
4881
4882 @FIXME{This about backup scripts needs to be written: BS is a shell
4883 script .... thus ... @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax.}
4884
4885 @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax}, for an explanation of this syntax.
4886
4887 @FIXME{Whats a parameter .... looked at by the backup scripts
4888 ... which will be expecting to find ... now syntax ... value is linked
4889 to lame ... @file{backup-specs} specifies the following parameters:}
4890
4891 @table @samp
4892 @item ADMINISTRATOR
4893 The user name of the backup administrator.
4894
4895 @item BACKUP_HOUR
4896 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4897 to 23, or the string @samp{now}.
4898
4899 @item TAPE_FILE
4900 The device @code{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
4901 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
4902
4903 @FIXME{examples for all ...}
4904
4905 @item TAPE_STATUS
4906 The command to use to obtain the status of the archive device,
4907 including error count. On some tape drives there may not be such a
4908 command; in that case, simply use `TAPE_STATUS=false'.
4909
4910 @item BLOCKING
4911 The blocking factor @code{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
4912 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4913
4914 @item BACKUP_DIRS
4915 A list of file systems to be dumped. You can include any directory
4916 name in the list---subdirectories on that file system will be
4917 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
4918 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
4919
4920 The host name specifies which host to run @code{tar} on, and should
4921 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
4922 the host machine must have GNU @code{tar} installed, and must be able
4923 to access the directory containing the backup scripts and their
4924 support files using the same file name that is used on the machine
4925 where the scripts are run (ie. what @code{pwd} will print when in that
4926 directory on that machine). If the host that contains the file system
4927 does not have this capability, you can specify another host as long as
4928 it can access the file system through NFS.
4929
4930 @item BACKUP_FILES
4931 A list of individual files to be dumped. These should be accessible
4932 from the machine on which the backup script is run.
4933
4934 @FIXME{Same file name, be specific. Through NFS ...}
4935
4936 @end table
4937
4938 @menu
4939 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4940 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
4941 @end menu
4942
4943 @node backup-specs example, Script Syntax, Backup Parameters, Backup Parameters
4944 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4945 @UNREVISED
4946
4947 The following is the text of @file{backup-specs} as it appears at FSF:
4948
4949 @example
4950 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
4951
4952 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
4953 BACKUP_HOUR=1
4954 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
4955 TAPE_STATUS="mts -t $TAPE_FILE"
4956 BLOCKING=124
4957 BACKUP_DIRS="
4958 albert:/fs/fsf
4959 apple-gunkies:/gd
4960 albert:/fs/gd2
4961 albert:/fs/gp
4962 geech:/usr/jla
4963 churchy:/usr/roland
4964 albert:/
4965 albert:/usr
4966 apple-gunkies:/
4967 apple-gunkies:/usr
4968 gnu:/hack
4969 gnu:/u
4970 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
4971 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
4972
4973 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
4974
4975 @end example
4976
4977 @node Script Syntax, , backup-specs example, Backup Parameters
4978 @subsection Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
4979 @UNREVISED
4980
4981 @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax. The following
4982 conventions should be considered when editing the script:
4983 @FIXME{"conventions?"}
4984
4985 A quoted string is considered to be contiguous, even if it is on more
4986 than one line. Therefore, you cannot include commented-out lines
4987 within a multi-line quoted string. BACKUP_FILES and BACKUP_DIRS are
4988 the two most likely parameters to be multi-line.
4989
4990 A quoted string typically cannot contain wildcards. In
4991 @file{backup-specs}, however, the parameters BACKUP_DIRS and
4992 BACKUP_FILES can contain wildcards.
4993
4994 @node Scripted Backups, Scripted Restoration, Backup Parameters, Backups
4995 @section Using the Backup Scripts
4996 @UNREVISED
4997
4998 The syntax for running a backup script is:
4999
5000 @example
5001 @file{script-name} [@var{time-to-be-run}]
5002 @end example
5003
5004 where @var{time-to-be-run} can be a specific system time, or can be
5005 @kbd{now}. If you do not specify a time, the script runs at the time
5006 specified in @file{backup-specs} (@FIXME-pxref{Script Syntax}).
5007
5008 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5009 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5010 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5011 files---a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5012 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5013 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5014 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5015 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive. @FIXME{There is
5016 no such restore script!}. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}.
5017 @FIXME{Have file names changed?}
5018
5019 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5020 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5021 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5022 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5023 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental}, for a more
5024 detailed explanation of this file.
5025
5026 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5027 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5028 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5029 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5030 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5031 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-level-1} or
5032 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-full}.
5033
5034 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5035 standard output.
5036
5037 @node Scripted Restoration, , Scripted Backups, Backups
5038 @section Using the Restore Script
5039 @UNREVISED
5040
5041 @ifset PUBLISH
5042
5043 The @code{tar} distribution does not provide restoring scripts.
5044
5045 @end ifset
5046
5047 @ifclear PUBLISH
5048
5049 @quotation
5050 @strong{Warning:} The GNU @code{tar} distribution does @emph{not}
5051 provide any such @code{restore} script yet. This section is only
5052 listed here for documentation maintenance purposes. In any case,
5053 all contents is subject to change as things develop.
5054 @end quotation
5055
5056 @FIXME{A section on non-scripted restore may be a good idea.}
5057
5058 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5059 @code{restore} script. The syntax for the script is:
5060
5061 where ***** are the file systems to restore from, and
5062 ***** is a regular expression which specifies which files to
5063 restore. If you specify --all, the script restores all the files
5064 in the file system.
5065
5066 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5067 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5068 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5069 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5070 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5071 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media}, for a discussion of tape
5072 positioning.
5073
5074 If you specify @samp{--all} as the @var{files} argument, the
5075 @code{restore} script extracts all the files in the archived file
5076 system into the active file system.
5077
5078 @quotation
5079 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5080 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5081 @end quotation
5082
5083 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5084 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5085
5086 @FIXME{this may be an option, not a given}
5087
5088 @end ifclear
5089
5090 @node Choosing, Date input formats, Backups, Top
5091 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @code{tar}
5092 @UNREVISED
5093
5094 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5095
5096 Certain options to @code{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5097 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5098 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5099 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5100 are in specified directories.
5101
5102 @menu
5103 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5104 * Selecting Archive Members::
5105 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5106 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5107 * Wildcards::
5108 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5109 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5110 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5111 @end menu
5112
5113 @node file, Selecting Archive Members, Choosing, Choosing
5114 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5115 @cindex Naming an archive
5116 @cindex Archive Name
5117 @cindex Directing output
5118 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5119 @cindex Where is the archive?
5120 @UNREVISED
5121
5122 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5123 archive"?}
5124
5125 By default, @code{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5126 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5127 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @code{tar}
5128 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5129 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5130 @code{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5131 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5132 instead of the default archive file location.
5133
5134 @table @kbd
5135 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5136 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5137 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5138 any operation.
5139 @end table
5140
5141 For example, in this @code{tar} command,
5142
5143 @example
5144 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5145 @end example
5146
5147 @noindent
5148 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5149 follow the @samp{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @samp{-f}
5150 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5151 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5152 with the archive you create since @code{tar} will use this file's name
5153 for the archive name.
5154
5155 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5156 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5157 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5158
5159 @cindex Writing new archives
5160 @cindex Archive creation
5161 If you do not name the archive, @code{tar} uses the value of the
5162 environment variable @code{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5163 that is not available, @code{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5164 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5165 @code{tar} always needs an archive name.
5166
5167 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @code{tar} reads the
5168 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5169 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5170 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5171 @code{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5172 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5173
5174 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5175 "notable tar usages".}
5176
5177 @example
5178 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5179 @end example
5180
5181 @FIXME{help!}
5182
5183 @cindex Standard input and output
5184 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5185 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5186 use the following:
5187
5188 @example
5189 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5190 @end example
5191
5192 @noindent
5193 @code{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5194 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5195 @samp{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @code{tar}
5196 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5197 as the username on the remote machine.
5198
5199 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5200 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5201 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5202 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @code{rsh}
5203 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5204 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5205 (This is the normal @code{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5206 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @code{rsh} access, to
5207 have the @file{/usr/ucb/rmt} program installed. If you need to use a
5208 file whose name includes a colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5209 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5210
5211 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5212 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5213 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5214 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5215 shouldn't mention it..}
5216
5217 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, GNU @code{tar}
5218 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
5219 system, when used with GNU @code{tar}, has an initial sizing pass which
5220 uses this feature.
5221
5222 @node Selecting Archive Members, files, file, Choosing
5223 @section Selecting Archive Members
5224 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5225 @cindex Specifying archive members
5226
5227 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5228 @code{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5229 archive members @code{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5230 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5231
5232 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5233 the command line, as follows:
5234 @smallexample
5235 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5236 @end smallexample
5237
5238 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5239 in that directory are operated on by @code{tar}.
5240
5241 If you do not specify files when @code{tar} is invoked with
5242 @value{op-create}, @code{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5243 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5244 @value{op-extract}, @code{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5245 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5246 @code{tar} does nothing.
5247
5248 By default, @code{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5249 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5250 manner in which @code{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5251 operate; @FIXME{add xref here}. In general, these methods work both for
5252 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5253
5254 @node files, exclude, Selecting Archive Members, Choosing
5255 @section Reading Names from a File
5256 @UNREVISED
5257
5258 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5259 @cindex Lists of file names
5260 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5261 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5262 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5263 @value{op-files-from} option to @code{tar}. Give the name of the file
5264 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5265 @samp{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5266 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5267 the list of files to archive with the @code{find} utility.
5268
5269 @table @kbd
5270 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5271 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5272 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5273 @end table
5274
5275 If you give a single dash as a file name for @samp{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5276 you specify either @samp{--files-from=-} or @samp{-T -}), then the file
5277 names are read from standard input.
5278
5279 Unless you are running @code{tar} with @samp{--create}, you can not use
5280 both @samp{--files-from=-} and @samp{--file=-} (@samp{-f -}) in the same
5281 command.
5282
5283 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5284
5285 The following example shows how to use @code{find} to generate a list of
5286 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5287 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @samp{-T} option to
5288 @code{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5289 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @samp{-z} option to
5290 @code{tar} compresses the archive with @code{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5291 more information.)
5292
5293 @example
5294 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5295 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5296 @end example
5297
5298 @noindent
5299 @FIXME{say more here to conclude the example/section?}
5300
5301 @menu
5302 * nul::
5303 @end menu
5304
5305 @node nul, , files, files
5306 @ifinfo
5307 @unnumberedsubsec @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
5308 @end ifinfo
5309
5310 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
5311 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
5312 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5313 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5314 names contain newlines can be archived using @samp{--files-from}.
5315
5316 @table @kbd
5317 @item --null
5318 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5319 terminate in a newline.
5320 @end table
5321
5322 The @samp{--null} option is just like the one in GNU @code{xargs} and
5323 @code{cpio}, and is useful with the @samp{-print0} predicate of GNU
5324 @code{find}. In @code{tar}, @samp{--null} also causes
5325 @value{op-directory} options to be treated as file names to archive, in
5326 case there are any files out there called @file{-C}.
5327
5328 This example shows how to use @code{find} to generate a list of files
5329 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5330 @file{long-files}. The @samp{-print0} option to @code{find} just just
5331 like @samp{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
5332 rather than with a newline. You can then run @code{tar} with both the
5333 @samp{--null} and @samp{-T} options to specify that @code{tar} get the
5334 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5335 @file{big.tgz}. The @samp{--null} option to @code{tar} will cause
5336 @code{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
5337
5338 @example
5339 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5340 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5341 @end example
5342
5343 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5344
5345 @node exclude, Wildcards, files, Choosing
5346 @section Excluding Some Files
5347 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5348 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5349 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5350 @UNREVISED
5351
5352 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5353 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5354
5355 @table @kbd
5356 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5357 Causes @code{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5358 @end table
5359
5360 @findex exclude
5361 The @value{op-exclude} option will prevent any file or member which
5362 matches the shell wildcards (@var{pattern}) from being operated on
5363 (@var{pattern} can be a single file name or a more complex expression).
5364 For example, if you want to create an archive with all the contents of
5365 @file{/tmp} except the file @file{/tmp/foo}, you can use the command
5366 @samp{tar --create --file=arch.tar --exclude=foo}. You may give
5367 multiple @samp{--exclude} options.
5368
5369 @table @kbd
5370 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5371 @itemx -X @var{file}
5372 Causes @code{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5373 @var{file}.
5374 @end table
5375
5376 @findex exclude-from
5377 Use the @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5378 list of shell wildcards, one per line, from @var{file}; @code{tar} will
5379 ignore files matching those regular expressions. Thus if @code{tar} is
5380 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5381 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5382 added to the archive.
5383
5384 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5385 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5386
5387 @menu
5388 * problems with exclude::
5389 @end menu
5390
5391 @node problems with exclude, , exclude, exclude
5392 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5393
5394 @FIXME{put in for the editor's/editors' amusement, but should be taken
5395 out in the final draft, just in case! : }
5396
5397 @ignore
5398 subtitled: getting screwed using exclewed
5399 @end ignore
5400
5401 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5402 pitfalls:
5403
5404 @itemize @bullet
5405 @item
5406 The main operating mode of @code{tar} will always act on file names
5407 listed on the command line, no matter whether or not there is an
5408 exclusion which would otherwise affect them. In the example above, if
5409 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5410 explicitly name the file @samp{catc.o} after all the options have been
5411 listed, @samp{catc.o} @emph{will} be included in the archive.
5412
5413 @item
5414 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5415 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5416 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5417 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5418 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5419 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5420
5421 @item
5422 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5423 parameter, so GNU @code{tar} sees wildcard characters like @samp{*}.
5424 If you do not do this, the shell might expand the @samp{*} itself
5425 using files at hand, so @code{tar} might receive a list of files
5426 instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the command somewhat
5427 illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5428
5429 For example, write:
5430
5431 @example
5432 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} -X '*/tmp/*' @var{directory}}
5433 @end example
5434
5435 @noindent
5436 rather than:
5437
5438 @example
5439 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} -X */tmp/* @var{directory}}
5440 @end example
5441
5442 @item
5443 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5444 syntax, when using exclude options in @code{tar}. If you try to use
5445 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5446 might fail.
5447
5448 @item
5449 In earlier versions of @code{tar}, what is now the
5450 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5451 @samp{--exclude-@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5452 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5453 line and @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5454 patterns listed in a file.
5455
5456 @end itemize
5457
5458 @node Wildcards, after, exclude, Choosing
5459 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5460
5461 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5462 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5463 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @code{tar} often
5464 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5465 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5466 verifying volume labels of @code{tar} archives. This section has the
5467 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @code{tar}.
5468
5469 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5470
5471 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5472 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5473 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5474 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5475 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5476 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5477 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5478 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5479 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5480
5481 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5482 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5483 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5484 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5485 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5486 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5487 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5488 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5489 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5490 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5491
5492 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5493 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5494 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5495 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5496 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5497 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5498
5499 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5500 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5501 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5502 @var{e}, inclusive.
5503
5504 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
5505 who don't have dan around.}
5506
5507 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
5508 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
5509 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
5510 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
5511
5512 There are some discussions floating in the air and asking for modifications
5513 in the way GNU @code{tar} accomplishes wildcard matches. We perceive
5514 any change of semantics in this area as a delicate thing to impose on
5515 GNU @code{tar} users. On the other hand, the GNU project should be
5516 progressive enough to correct any ill design: compatibility at all price
5517 is not always a good attitude. In conclusion, it is @emph{possible}
5518 that slight amendments be later brought to the previous description.
5519 Your opinions on the matter are welcome.
5520
5521 @node after, recurse, Wildcards, Choosing
5522 @section Operating Only on New Files
5523 @cindex Excluding file by age
5524 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
5525 @cindex Age, excluding files by
5526 @UNREVISED
5527
5528 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @code{tar} to only work on files
5529 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
5530 given. If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
5531 the archive will only include new files. If you use @samp{--after-date}
5532 when extracting an archive, @code{tar} will only extract files newer
5533 than the @var{date} you specify.
5534
5535 If you only want @code{tar} to make the date comparison based on
5536 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
5537 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
5538
5539 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
5540 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
5541 specify a particular date against which @code{tar} can compare when
5542 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
5543
5544 @table @kbd
5545 @item --after-date=@var{date}
5546 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
5547 @itemx -N @var{date}
5548 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
5549
5550 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
5551 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
5552
5553 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
5554 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
5555 @end table
5556
5557 These options limit @code{tar} to only operating on files which have
5558 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
5559 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
5560 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
5561 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
5562 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
5563
5564 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
5565 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
5566 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
5567 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
5568
5569 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
5570 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
5571 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
5572 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
5573 contents of the file were looked at).
5574
5575 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
5576 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
5577 arguments.
5578
5579 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
5580
5581 @quotation
5582 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
5583 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
5584 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
5585 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
5586 @end quotation
5587
5588 To select files newer than the modification time of a file that already
5589 exists, you can use the @samp{--reference} (@samp{-r}) option of GNU
5590 @code{date}, available in GNU shell utilities 1.13 or later. It returns
5591 the timestamp of that already existing file; this timestamp expands to
5592 become the referent date which @samp{--newer} uses to determine which
5593 files to archive. For example, you could say,
5594
5595 @example
5596 $ @kbd{tar -cf @var{archive.tar} --newer="`date -r @var{file}`" /home}
5597 @end example
5598
5599 @noindent
5600 which tells @FIXME{need to fill this in!}.
5601
5602 @node recurse, one, after, Choosing
5603 @section Descending into Directories
5604 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
5605 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
5606 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
5607 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
5608 @UNREVISED
5609
5610 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
5611
5612 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
5613
5614 Usually, @code{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
5615 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
5616 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
5617 want @code{tar} to act this way.
5618
5619 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @code{tar}'s recursive descent
5620 into specified directories. If you specify @samp{--no-recursion}, you can
5621 use the @code{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
5622 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @code{tar}.
5623 @code{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
5624 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @code{find} with
5625 @code{tar}, or look.
5626
5627 @table @kbd
5628 @item --no-recursion
5629 Prevents @code{tar} from recursively descending directories.
5630 @end table
5631
5632 When you use @samp{--no-recursion}, GNU @code{tar} grabs directory entries
5633 themselves, but does not descend on them recursively. Many people use
5634 @code{find} for locating files they want to back up, and since
5635 @code{tar} @emph{usually} recursively descends on directories, they have
5636 to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option to @code{find} @FIXME{needs more
5637 explanation or a cite to another info file} as they usually do not want
5638 all the files in a directory. They then use the @value{op-file-from}
5639 option to archive the files located via @code{find}.
5640
5641 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
5642 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
5643 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
5644 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
5645 tell @code{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
5646 no new files on its own.
5647
5648 @FIXME{example here}
5649
5650 @node one, , recurse, Choosing
5651 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5652 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
5653 @UNREVISED
5654
5655 @code{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
5656 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
5657 change this behavior by running @code{tar} and specifying
5658 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
5659 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
5660 @code{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
5661 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
5662
5663 @table @kbd
5664 @item --one-file-system
5665 @itemx -l
5666 Prevents @code{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
5667 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
5668 @end table
5669
5670 The @samp{--one-file-system} option causes @code{tar} to modify its
5671 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
5672 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
5673 @code{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
5674 itself, @code{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
5675 @code{tar} will not cross mount points.
5676
5677 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
5678 but nothing under it.
5679
5680 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
5681 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
5682 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
5683 standard error.
5684
5685 @menu
5686 * directory:: Changing Directory
5687 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
5688 @end menu
5689
5690 @node directory, absolute, one, one
5691 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
5692
5693 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
5694 things around some.}
5695
5696 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
5697 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
5698 @cindex Working directory, specifying
5699 @UNREVISED
5700
5701 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
5702 either on the command line or in a file specified using
5703 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
5704 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
5705 the list.
5706
5707 @table @kbd
5708 @item --directory=@var{directory}
5709 @itemx -C @var{directory}
5710 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
5711 @end table
5712
5713 For example,
5714
5715 @example
5716 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
5717 @end example
5718
5719 @noindent
5720 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
5721 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
5722 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
5723 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
5724 store in the same archive.
5725
5726 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
5727 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
5728 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
5729 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
5730 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
5731
5732 Contrast this with the command,
5733
5734 @example
5735 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
5736 @end example
5737
5738 @noindent
5739 which records the third file in the archive under the name
5740 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
5741 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
5742 named @file{orange-colored}.
5743
5744 You can use the @samp{--directory} option to make the archive
5745 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
5746 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
5747 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
5748 @file{foo.tar}:
5749
5750 @example
5751 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
5752 @end example
5753
5754 @noindent
5755 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
5756 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
5757 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
5758 directories where those files were located.
5759
5760 Note that @samp{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
5761 @samp{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
5762 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
5763 the original current working directory of @code{tar}, due to a previous
5764 @samp{--directory} option.
5765
5766 @FIXME{dan: does this mean that you *can* use the short option form, but
5767 you can *not* use the long option form with --files-from? or is this
5768 totally screwed?}
5769
5770 When using @samp{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put @samp{-C}
5771 options in the file list. Unfortunately, you cannot put
5772 @samp{--directory} options in the file list. (This interpretation can
5773 be disabled by using the @value{op-null} option.)
5774
5775 @node absolute, , directory, one
5776 @subsection Absolute File Names
5777 @UNREVISED
5778
5779 @table @kbd
5780 @item -P
5781 @itemx --absolute-names
5782 Do not strip leading slashes from file names.
5783 @end table
5784
5785 By default, GNU @code{tar} drops a leading @samp{/} on input or output.
5786 This option turns off this behavior; it is equivalent to changing to the
5787 root directory before running @code{tar} (except it also turns off the
5788 usual warning message).
5789
5790 When @code{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
5791 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
5792 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
5793 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
5794 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
5795 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
5796 @file{/etc/passwd}, @code{tar} will extract it as if the name were
5797 really @file{etc/passwd}.
5798
5799 Other @code{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you create an
5800 archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be difficult
5801 for other people with a non-GNU @code{tar} program to use. Therefore,
5802 GNU @code{tar} also strips leading slashes from member names when
5803 putting members into the archive. For example, if you ask @code{tar} to
5804 add the file @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member
5805 name will be @file{bin/ls}.
5806
5807 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @code{tar} will do
5808 neither of these transformations.
5809
5810 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
5811 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
5812
5813 Normally, @code{tar} acts on files relative to the working
5814 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
5815 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
5816
5817 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @code{tar} stores file names
5818 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
5819 If you only invoked @code{tar} from the root directory you would never
5820 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
5821 more convenient than switching to root.
5822
5823 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
5824 to transfer files between systems.}
5825
5826 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
5827
5828 @table @kbd
5829 @item --absolute-names
5830 Preserves full file names (inclusing superior dirctory names) when
5831 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
5832
5833 @end table
5834
5835 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
5836
5837 @code{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from file
5838 names. This message appears once per GNU @code{tar} invocation. It
5839 represents something which ought to be told; ignoring what it means can
5840 cause very serious surprises, later.
5841
5842 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
5843 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @code{tar} standard
5844 error to the sink. For example, under @code{sh}:
5845
5846 @example
5847 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
5848 @end example
5849
5850 @noindent
5851 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
5852 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
5853 For example:
5854
5855 @example
5856 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
5857 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
5858 @end example
5859
5860 @node Date input formats, Formats, Choosing, Top
5861 @chapter Date input formats
5862
5863 @cindex date input formats
5864 @findex getdate
5865
5866 @quotation
5867 Our units of temporal measurement, from seconds on up to months, are so
5868 complicated, asymmetrical and disjunctive so as to make coherent mental
5869 reckoning in time all but impossible. Indeed, had some tyrannical god
5870 contrived to enslave our minds to time, to make it all but impossible
5871 for us to escape subjection to sodden routines and unpleasant surprises,
5872 he could hardly have done better than handing down our present system.
5873 It is like a set of trapezoidal building blocks, with no vertical or
5874 horizontal surfaces, like a language in which the simplest thought
5875 demands ornate constructions, useless particles and lengthy
5876 circumlocutions. Unlike the more successful patterns of language and
5877 science, which enable us to face experience boldly or at least
5878 level-headedly, our system of temporal calculation silently and
5879 persistently encourages our terror of time.
5880
5881 @dots{} It is as though architects had to measure length in feet, width
5882 in meters and height in ells; as though basic instruction manuals
5883 demanded a knowledge of five different languages. It is no wonder then
5884 that we often look into our own immediate past or future, last Tuesday
5885 or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion. @dots{}
5886
5887 --- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
5888 @end quotation
5889
5890 This section describes the textual date representations that GNU
5891 programs accept. These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
5892 arguments to the various programs. The C interface (via the
5893 @code{getdate} function) is not described here.
5894
5895 @cindex beginning of time, for Unix
5896 @cindex epoch, for Unix
5897 Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since zero
5898 A.D., computer integers are not big enough for such a (comparatively)
5899 long time. The earliest date semantically allowed on Unix systems is
5900 midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
5901
5902 @menu
5903 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
5904 * Calendar date item:: 19 Dec 1994.
5905 * Time of day item:: 9:20pm.
5906 * Timezone item:: EST, DST, BST, UCT, AHST, ...
5907 * Day of week item:: Monday and others.
5908 * Relative item in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
5909 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
5910 * Authors of getdate:: Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
5911 @end menu
5912
5913
5914 @node General date syntax, Calendar date item, Date input formats, Date input formats
5915 @section General date syntax
5916
5917 @cindex general date syntax
5918
5919 @cindex items in date strings
5920 A @dfn{date} is a string, possibly empty, containing many items
5921 separated by whitespace. The whitespace may be omitted when no
5922 ambiguity arises. The empty string means the beginning of today (i.e.,
5923 midnight). Order of the items is immaterial. A date string may contain
5924 many flavors of items:
5925
5926 @itemize @bullet
5927 @item calendar date items
5928 @item time of the day items
5929 @item time zone items
5930 @item day of the week items
5931 @item relative items
5932 @item pure numbers.
5933 @end itemize
5934
5935 @noindent We describe each of these item types in turn, below.
5936
5937 @cindex numbers, written-out
5938 @cindex ordinal numbers
5939 @findex first @r{in date strings}
5940 @findex next @r{in date strings}
5941 @findex last @r{in date strings}
5942 A few numbers may be written out in words in most contexts. This is
5943 most useful for specifying day of the week items or relative items (see
5944 below). Here is the list: @samp{first} for 1, @samp{next} for 2,
5945 @samp{third} for 3, @samp{fourth} for 4, @samp{fifth} for 5,
5946 @samp{sixth} for 6, @samp{seventh} for 7, @samp{eighth} for 8,
5947 @samp{ninth} for 9, @samp{tenth} for 10, @samp{eleventh} for 11 and
5948 @samp{twelfth} for 12. Also, @samp{last} means exactly @math{-1}.
5949
5950 @cindex months, written-out
5951 When a month is written this way, it is still considered to be written
5952 numerically, instead of being ``spelled in full''; this changes the
5953 allowed strings.
5954
5955 @cindex case, ignored in dates
5956 @cindex comments, in dates
5957 Alphabetic case is completely ignored in dates. Comments may be introduced
5958 between round parentheses, as long as included parentheses are properly
5959 nested. Hyphens not followed by a digit are currently ignored. Leading
5960 zeros on numbers are ignored.
5961
5962
5963 @node Calendar date item, Time of day item, General date syntax, Date input formats
5964 @section Calendar date item
5965
5966 @cindex calendar date item
5967
5968 A @dfn{calendar date item} specifies a day of the year. It is
5969 specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
5970 numerically or literally. All these strings specify the same calendar date:
5971
5972 @example
5973 1970-09-17 # ISO 8601.
5974 70-9-17 # This century assumed by default.
5975 70-09-17 # Leading zeros are ignored.
5976 9/17/72 # Common U.S. writing.
5977 24 September 1972
5978 24 Sept 72 # September has a special abbreviation.
5979 24 Sep 72 # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
5980 Sep 24, 1972
5981 24-sep-72
5982 24sep72
5983 @end example
5984
5985 The year can also be omitted. In this case, the last specified year is
5986 used, or the current year if none. For example:
5987
5988 @example
5989 9/17
5990 sep 17
5991 @end example
5992
5993 Here are the rules.
5994
5995 @cindex ISO 8601 date format
5996 @cindex date format, ISO 8601
5997 For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
5998 @samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
5999 any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
6000 @var{day} is a number between 01 and 31. A leading zero must be present
6001 if a number is less than ten. If @var{year} is less than 100, then 1900
6002 is added to it to force a date in this century. The construct
6003 @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}/@var{year}}, popular in the United States,
6004 is accepted. Also @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}}, omitting the year.
6005
6006 @cindex month names in date strings
6007 @cindex abbreviations for months
6008 Literal months may be spelled out in full: @samp{January},
6009 @samp{February}, @samp{March}, @samp{April}, @samp{May}, @samp{June},
6010 @samp{July}, @samp{August}, @samp{September}, @samp{October},
6011 @samp{November} or @samp{December}. Literal months may be abbreviated
6012 to their first three letters, possibly followed by an abbreviating dot.
6013 It is also permitted to write @samp{Sept} instead of @samp{September}.
6014
6015 When months are written literally, the calendar date may be given as any
6016 of the following:
6017
6018 @example
6019 @var{day} @var{month} @var{year}
6020 @var{day} @var{month}
6021 @var{month} @var{day} @var{year}
6022 @var{day}-@var{month}-@var{year}
6023 @end example
6024
6025 Or, omitting the year:
6026
6027 @example
6028 @var{month} @var{day}
6029 @end example
6030
6031
6032 @node Time of day item, Timezone item, Calendar date item, Date input formats
6033 @section Time of day item
6034
6035 @cindex time of day item
6036
6037 A @dfn{time of day item} in date strings specifies the time on a given
6038 day. Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
6039
6040 @example
6041 20:02:0
6042 20:02
6043 8:02pm
6044 20:02-0500 # In EST (Eastern U.S. Standard Time).
6045 @end example
6046
6047 More generally, the time of the day may be given as
6048 @samp{@var{hour}:@var{minute}:@var{second}}, where @var{hour} is
6049 a number between 0 and 23, @var{minute} is a number between 0 and
6050 59, and @var{second} is a number between 0 and 59. Alternatively,
6051 @samp{:@var{second}} can be omitted, in which case it is taken to
6052 be zero.
6053
6054 @findex am @r{in date strings}
6055 @findex pm @r{in date strings}
6056 @findex midnight @r{in date strings}
6057 @findex noon @r{in date strings}
6058 If the time is followed by @samp{am} or @samp{pm} (or @samp{a.m.}
6059 or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
6060 @samp{:@var{minute}} may be omitted (taken to be zero). @samp{am}
6061 indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
6062 half of the day. In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
6063 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
6064 (This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
6065 as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
6066 which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)
6067
6068 @cindex timezone correction
6069 @cindex minutes, timezone correction by
6070 The time may alternatively be followed by a timezone correction,
6071 expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
6072 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
6073 of zone minutes. When a timezone correction is given this way, it
6074 forces interpretation of the time in UTC, overriding any previous
6075 specification for the timezone or the local timezone. The @var{minute}
6076 part of the time of the day may not be elided when a timezone correction
6077 is used. This is the only way to specify a timezone correction by
6078 fractional parts of an hour.
6079
6080 Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a timezone correction may be specified,
6081 but not both.
6082
6083
6084 @node Timezone item, Day of week item, Time of day item, Date input formats
6085 @section Timezone item
6086
6087 @cindex timezone item
6088
6089 A @dfn{timezone item} specifies an international timezone, indicated by
6090 a small set of letters. Any included period is ignored. Military
6091 timezone designations use a single letter. Currently, only integral
6092 zone hours may be represented in a timezone item. See the previous
6093 section for a finer control over the timezone correction.
6094
6095 Here are many non-daylight-savings-time timezones, indexed by the zone
6096 hour value.
6097
6098 @table @asis
6099 @item +000
6100 @cindex Greenwich Mean Time
6101 @cindex Universal Coordinated Time
6102 @cindex Western European Time
6103 @samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean, @samp{UT} or @samp{UTC} for Universal
6104 (Coordinated), @samp{WET} for Western European and @samp{Z} for
6105 militaries.
6106 @item +100
6107 @cindex West African Time
6108 @samp{WAT} for West Africa and
6109 @samp{A} for militaries.
6110 @item +200
6111 @cindex Azores Time
6112 @samp{AT} for Azores and @samp{B} for militaries.
6113 @item +300
6114 @samp{C} for militaries.
6115 @item +400
6116 @cindex Atlantic Standard Time
6117 @samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard and @samp{D} for militaries.
6118 @item +500
6119 @cindex Eastern Standard Time
6120 @samp{E} for militaries and @samp{EST} for Eastern Standard.
6121 @item +600
6122 @cindex Central Standard Time
6123 @samp{CST} for Central Standard and @samp{F} for militaries.
6124 @item +700
6125 @cindex Mountain Standard Time
6126 @samp{G} for militaries and @samp{MST} for Mountain Standard.
6127 @item +800
6128 @cindex Pacific Standard Time
6129 @samp{H} for militaries and @samp{PST} for Pacific Standard.
6130 @item +900
6131 @cindex Yukon Standard Time
6132 @samp{I} for militaries and @samp{YST} for Yukon Standard.
6133 @item +1000
6134 @cindex Alaska-Hawaii Time
6135 @cindex Central Alaska Time
6136 @cindex Hawaii Standard Time
6137 @samp{AHST} for Alaska-Hawaii Standard, @samp{CAT} for Central Alaska,
6138 @samp{HST} for Hawaii Standard and @samp{K} for militaries.
6139 @item +1100
6140 @cindex Nome Standard Time
6141 @samp{L} for militaries and @samp{NT} for Nome.
6142 @item +1200
6143 @cindex International Date Line West
6144 @samp{IDLW} for International Date Line West and @samp{M} for
6145 militaries.
6146 @item -100
6147 @cindex Central European Time
6148 @cindex Middle European Time
6149 @cindex Middle European Winter Time
6150 @cindex French Winter Time
6151 @cindex Swedish Winter Time
6152 @samp{CET} for Central European, @samp{FWT} for French Winter,
6153 @samp{MET} for Middle European, @samp{MEWT} for Middle European
6154 Winter, @samp{N} for militaries and @samp{SWT} for Swedish Winter.
6155 @item -200
6156 @cindex Eastern European Time
6157 @cindex USSR Zone
6158 @samp{EET} for Eastern European, USSR Zone 1 and @samp{O} for militaries.
6159 @item -300
6160 @cindex Baghdad Time
6161 @samp{BT} for Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 and @samp{P} for militaries.
6162 @item -400
6163 @samp{Q} for militaries and @samp{ZP4} for USSR Zone 3.
6164 @item -500
6165 @samp{R} for militaries and @samp{ZP5} for USSR Zone 4.
6166 @item -600
6167 @samp{S} for militaries and @samp{ZP6} for USSR Zone 5.
6168 @item -700
6169 @cindex West Australian Standard Time
6170 @samp{T} for militaries and @samp{WAST} for West Australian Standard.
6171 @item -800
6172 @cindex China Coast Time
6173 @samp{CCT} for China Coast, USSR Zone 7 and @samp{U} for militaries.
6174 @item -900
6175 @cindex Japan Standard Time
6176 @samp{JST} for Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 and @samp{V} for militaries.
6177 @item -1000
6178 @cindex East Australian Standard Time
6179 @cindex Guam Standard Time
6180 @samp{EAST} for East Australian Standard, @samp{GST} for Guam
6181 Standard, USSR Zone 9 and @samp{W} for militaries.
6182 @item -1100
6183 @samp{X} for militaries.
6184 @item -1200
6185 @cindex International Date Line East
6186 @cindex New Zealand Standard Time
6187 @samp{IDLE} for International Date Line East, @samp{NZST} for
6188 New Zealand Standard, @samp{NZT} for New Zealand and @samp{Y} for
6189 militaries.
6190 @end table
6191
6192 @cindex daylight savings time
6193 Here are many DST timezones, indexed by the zone hour value. Also, by
6194 following a non-DST timezone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
6195 (that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST timezone
6196 may be specified.
6197
6198 @table @asis
6199 @item 0
6200 @samp{BST} for British Summer.
6201 @item +400
6202 @samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
6203 @item +500
6204 @samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
6205 @item +600
6206 @samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
6207 @item +700
6208 @samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
6209 @item +800
6210 @samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
6211 @item +900
6212 @samp{YDT} for Yukon Daylight.
6213 @item +1000
6214 @samp{HDT} for Hawaii Daylight.
6215 @item -100
6216 @samp{MEST} for Middle European Summer, @samp{MESZ} for Middle European
6217 Summer, @samp{SST} for Swedish Summer and @samp{FST} for French Summer.
6218 @item -700
6219 @samp{WADT} for West Australian Daylight.
6220 @item -1000
6221 @samp{EADT} for Eastern Australian Daylight.
6222 @item -1200
6223 @samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
6224 @end table
6225
6226
6227 @node Day of week item, Relative item in date strings, Timezone item, Date input formats
6228 @section Day of week item
6229
6230 @cindex day of week item
6231
6232 The explicit mention of a day of the week will forward the date
6233 (only if necessary) to reach that day of the week in the future.
6234
6235 Days of the week may be spelled out in full: @samp{Sunday},
6236 @samp{Monday}, @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednesday}, @samp{Thursday},
6237 @samp{Friday} or @samp{Saturday}. Days may be abbreviated to their
6238 first three letters, optionally followed by a period. The special
6239 abbreviations @samp{Tues} for @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednes} for
6240 @samp{Wednesday} and @samp{Thur} or @samp{Thurs} for @samp{Thursday} are
6241 also allowed.
6242
6243 @findex next @var{day}
6244 @findex last @var{day}
6245 A number may precede a day of the week item to move forward
6246 supplementary weeks. It is best used in expression like @samp{third
6247 monday}. In this context, @samp{last @var{day}} or @samp{next
6248 @var{day}} is also acceptable; they move one week before or after
6249 the day that @var{day} by itself would represent.
6250
6251 A comma following a day of the week item is ignored.
6252
6253
6254 @node Relative item in date strings, Pure numbers in date strings, Day of week item, Date input formats
6255 @section Relative item in date strings
6256
6257 @cindex relative items in date strings
6258 @cindex displacement of dates
6259
6260 @dfn{Relative items} adjust a date (or the current date if none) forward
6261 or backward. The effects of relative items accumulate. Here are some
6262 examples:
6263
6264 @example
6265 1 year
6266 1 year ago
6267 3 years
6268 2 days
6269 @end example
6270
6271 @findex year @r{in date strings}
6272 @findex month @r{in date strings}
6273 @findex fortnight @r{in date strings}
6274 @findex week @r{in date strings}
6275 @findex day @r{in date strings}
6276 @findex hour @r{in date strings}
6277 @findex minute @r{in date strings}
6278 The unit of time displacement may be selected by the string @samp{year}
6279 or @samp{month} for moving by whole years or months. These are fuzzy
6280 units, as years and months are not all of equal duration. More precise
6281 units are @samp{fortnight} which is worth 14 days, @samp{week} worth 7
6282 days, @samp{day} worth 24 hours, @samp{hour} worth 60 minutes,
6283 @samp{minute} or @samp{min} worth 60 seconds, and @samp{second} or
6284 @samp{sec} worth one second. An @samp{s} suffix on these units is
6285 accepted and ignored.
6286
6287 @findex ago @r{in date strings}
6288 The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
6289 signed number. Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed. No
6290 number at all implies 1 for a multiplier. Following a relative item by
6291 the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
6292 multiplicator with value @math{-1}.
6293
6294 @findex day @r{in date strings}
6295 @findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
6296 @findex yesterday @r{in date strings}
6297 The string @samp{tomorrow} is worth one day in the future (equivalent
6298 to @samp{day}), the string @samp{yesterday} is worth
6299 one day in the past (equivalent to @samp{day ago}).
6300
6301 @findex now @r{in date strings}
6302 @findex today @r{in date strings}
6303 @findex this @r{in date strings}
6304 The strings @samp{now} or @samp{today} are relative items corresponding
6305 to zero-valued time displacement, these strings come from the fact
6306 a zero-valued time displacement represents the current time when not
6307 otherwise change by previous items. They may be used to stress other
6308 items, like in @samp{12:00 today}. The string @samp{this} also has
6309 the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
6310 date strings like @samp{this thursday}.
6311
6312 When a relative item makes the resulting date to cross the boundary
6313 between DST and non-DST (or vice-versa), the hour is adjusted according
6314 to the local time.
6315
6316
6317 @node Pure numbers in date strings, Authors of getdate, Relative item in date strings, Date input formats
6318 @section Pure numbers in date strings
6319
6320 @cindex pure numbers in date strings
6321
6322 The precise intepretation of a pure decimal number is dependent of
6323 the context in the date string.
6324
6325 If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
6326 other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date item}) appears before it
6327 in the date string, then @var{yyyy} is read as the year, @var{mm} as the
6328 month number and @var{dd} as the day of the month, for the specified
6329 calendar date.
6330
6331 If the decimal number is of the form @var{hh}@var{mm} and no other time
6332 of day item appears before it in the date string, then @var{hh} is read
6333 as the hour of the day and @var{mm} as the minute of the hour, for the
6334 specified time of the day. @var{mm} can also be omitted.
6335
6336 If both a calendar date and a time of day appear to the left of a number
6337 in the date string, but no relative item, then the number overrides the
6338 year.
6339
6340
6341 @node Authors of getdate, , Pure numbers in date strings, Date input formats
6342 @section Authors of @code{getdate}
6343
6344 @cindex authors of @code{getdate}
6345
6346 @cindex Bellovin, Steven M.
6347 @cindex Salz, Rich
6348 @cindex Berets, Jim
6349 @cindex MacKenzie, David
6350 @cindex Meyering, Jim
6351 @code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
6352 (@samp{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
6353 at Chapel Hill. The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
6354 Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@samp{rsalz@@bbn.com})
6355 and Jim Berets (@samp{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990. Various
6356 revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
6357 and others.
6358
6359 @cindex Pinard, F.
6360 @cindex Berry, K.
6361 This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
6362 (@samp{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
6363 and then edited by K.@: Berry (@samp{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).
6364
6365 @node Formats, Media, Date input formats, Top
6366 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6367
6368 @FIXME{need an intro here}
6369
6370 @menu
6371 * Portability:: Making @code{tar} Archives More Portable
6372 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6373 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6374 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6375 * Extensions:: GNU Extensions to the Archive Format
6376 * cpio:: Comparison of @code{tar} and @code{cpio}
6377 @end menu
6378
6379 @node Portability, Compression, Formats, Formats
6380 @section Making @code{tar} Archives More Portable
6381
6382 Creating a @code{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6383 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @code{tar}
6384 is more challenging than you might think. @code{tar} archive formats
6385 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6386 are around, and are not always comptible with each other. This section
6387 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @code{tar}
6388 archives more portable.
6389
6390 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @code{tar}
6391 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6392 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6393 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6394
6395 @menu
6396 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6397 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6398 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6399 * posix:: POSIX archives
6400 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6401 @end menu
6402
6403 @node Portable Names, dereference, Portability, Portability
6404 @subsection Portable Names
6405
6406 Use @emph{straight} file and directory names, made up of printable
6407 ASCII characters, avoiding colons, slashes, backslashes, spaces, and
6408 other @emph{dangerous} characters. Avoid deep directory nesting.
6409 Accounting for oldish System V machines, limit your file and directory
6410 names to 14 characters or less.
6411
6412 If you intend to have your @code{tar} archives to be read under MSDOS,
6413 you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you might
6414 use the GNU @code{doschk} program for helping you further diagnosing
6415 illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited than System V's.
6416
6417 @node dereference, old, Portable Names, Portability
6418 @subsection Symbolic Links
6419 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6420 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6421
6422 Normally, when @code{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6423 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6424 @code{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6425 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes @code{tar}
6426 to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of the links
6427 themselves. When this option is used, when @code{tar} encounters a
6428 symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file, instead of simply
6429 recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6430
6431 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6432 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6433 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6434 all links were recorded automatically by @code{tar}, an extracted file
6435 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6436 system.
6437
6438 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @code{tar} while creating
6439 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6440 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6441
6442 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6443 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6444 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6445 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6446
6447 @node old, posix, dereference, Portability
6448 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6449 @cindex Format, old style
6450 @cindex Old style format
6451 @cindex Old style archives
6452
6453 Certain old versions of @code{tar} cannot handle additional
6454 information recorded by newer @code{tar} programs. To create an
6455 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6456 versions, specify the @value{op-old-archive} option in
6457 conjunction with the @value{op-create}. @code{tar} also
6458 accepts @samp{--portability} for this option. When you specify it,
6459 @code{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6460 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6461 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6462
6463 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-old-archive}
6464 unless the archive was created with using this option.
6465
6466 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6467 @code{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6468 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @code{tar}s are
6469 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6470 always use @value{op-old-archive} for your distributions.
6471
6472 @node posix, Checksumming, old, Portability
6473 @subsection GNU @code{tar} and POSIX @code{tar}
6474
6475 GNU @code{tar} was based on an early draft of the POSIX 1003.1
6476 @code{ustar} standard. GNU extensions to @code{tar}, such as the
6477 support for file names longer than 100 characters, use portions of the
6478 @code{tar} header record which were specified in that POSIX draft as
6479 unused. Subsequent changes in POSIX have allocated the same parts of
6480 the header record for other purposes. As a result, GNU @code{tar} is
6481 incompatible with the current POSIX spec, and with @code{tar} programs
6482 that follow it.
6483
6484 We plan to reimplement these GNU extensions in a new way which is
6485 upward compatible with the latest POSIX @code{tar} format, but we
6486 don't know when this will be done.
6487
6488 In the mean time, there is simply no telling what might happen if you
6489 read a GNU @code{tar} archive, which uses the GNU extensions, using
6490 some other @code{tar} program. So if you want to read the archive
6491 with another @code{tar} program, be sure to write it using the
6492 @samp{--old-archive} option (@samp{-o}).
6493
6494 @FIXME{is there a way to tell which flavor of tar was used to write a
6495 particular archive before you try to read it?}
6496
6497 Traditionally, old @code{tar}s have a limit of 100 characters. GNU
6498 @code{tar} attempted two different approaches to overcome this limit,
6499 using and extending a format specified by a draft of some P1003.1.
6500 The first way was not that successful, and involved @file{@@MaNgLeD@@}
6501 file names, or such; while a second approach used @file{././@@LongLink}
6502 and other tricks, yielding better success. In theory, GNU @code{tar}
6503 should be able to handle file names of practically unlimited length.
6504 So, if GNU @code{tar} fails to dump and retrieve files having more
6505 than 100 characters, then there is a bug in GNU @code{tar}, indeed.
6506
6507 But, being strictly POSIX, the limit was still 100 characters.
6508 For various other purposes, GNU @code{tar} used areas left unassigned
6509 in the POSIX draft. POSIX later revised P1003.1 @code{ustar} format by
6510 assigning previously unused header fields, in such a way that the upper
6511 limit for file name length was raised to 256 characters. However, the
6512 actual POSIX limit oscillates between 100 and 256, depending on the
6513 precise location of slashes in full file name (this is rather ugly).
6514 Since GNU @code{tar} use the same fields for quite other purposes,
6515 it became incompatible with the latest POSIX standards.
6516
6517 For longer or non-fitting file names, we plan to use yet another set
6518 of GNU extensions, but this time, complying with the provisions POSIX
6519 offers for extending the format, rather than conflicting with it.
6520 Whenever an archive uses old GNU @code{tar} extension format or POSIX
6521 extensions, would it be for very long file names or other specialities,
6522 this archive becomes non-portable to other @code{tar} implementations.
6523 In fact, anything can happen. The most forgiving @code{tar}s will
6524 merely unpack the file using a wrong name, and maybe create another
6525 file named something like @file{@@LongName}, with the true file name
6526 in it. @code{tar}s not protecting themselves may segment violate!
6527
6528 Compatibility concerns make all this thing more difficult, as we
6529 will have to support @emph{all} these things together, for a while.
6530 GNU @code{tar} should be able to produce and read true POSIX format
6531 files, while being able to detect old GNU @code{tar} formats, besides
6532 old V7 format, and process them conveniently. It would take years
6533 before this whole area stabilizes@dots{}
6534
6535 There are plans to raise this 100 limit to 256, and yet produce POSIX
6536 conformant archives. Past 256, I do not know yet if GNU @code{tar}
6537 will go non-POSIX again, or merely refuse to archive the file.
6538
6539 There are plans so GNU @code{tar} support more fully the latest POSIX
6540 format, while being able to read old V7 format, GNU (semi-POSIX plus
6541 extension), as well as full POSIX. One may ask if there is part of
6542 the POSIX format that we still cannot support. This simple question
6543 has a complex answer. Maybe that, on intimate look, some strong
6544 limitations will pop up, but until now, nothing sounds too difficult
6545 (but see below). I only have these few pages of POSIX telling about
6546 `Extended tar Format' (P1003.1-1990 -- section 10.1.1), and there are
6547 references to other parts of the standard I do not have, which should
6548 normally enforce limitations on stored file names (I suspect things
6549 like fixing what @kbd{/} and @kbd{@key{NUL}} means). There are also
6550 some points which the standard does not make clear, Existing practice
6551 will then drive what I should do.
6552
6553 POSIX mandates that, when a file name cannot fit within 100 to
6554 256 characters (the variance comes from the fact a @kbd{/} is
6555 ideally needed as the 156'th character), or a link name cannot
6556 fit within 100 characters, a warning should be issued and the file
6557 @emph{not} be stored. Unless some @value{op-posix} option is given
6558 (or @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set), I suspect that GNU @code{tar}
6559 should disobey this specification, and automatically switch to using
6560 GNU extensions to overcome file name or link name length limitations.
6561
6562 There is a problem, however, which I did not intimately studied yet.
6563 Given a truly POSIX archive with names having more than 100 characters,
6564 I guess that GNU @code{tar} up to 1.11.8 will process it as if it were an
6565 old V7 archive, and be fooled by some fields which are coded differently.
6566 So, the question is to decide if the next generation of GNU @code{tar}
6567 should produce POSIX format by default, whenever possible, producing
6568 archives older versions of GNU @code{tar} might not be able to read
6569 correctly. I fear that we will have to suffer such a choice one of these
6570 days, if we want GNU @code{tar} to go closer to POSIX. We can rush it.
6571 Another possibility is to produce the current GNU @code{tar} format
6572 by default for a few years, but have GNU @code{tar} versions from some
6573 1.@var{POSIX} and up able to recognize all three formats, and let older
6574 GNU @code{tar} fade out slowly. Then, we could switch to producing POSIX
6575 format by default, with not much harm to those still having (very old at
6576 that time) GNU @code{tar} versions prior to 1.@var{POSIX}.
6577
6578 POSIX format cannot represent very long names, volume headers,
6579 splitting of files in multi-volumes, sparse files, and incremental
6580 dumps; these would be all disallowed if @value{op-posix} or
6581 @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT}. Otherwise, if @code{tar} is given long
6582 names, or @samp{-[VMSgG]}, then it should automatically go non-POSIX.
6583 I think this is easily granted without much discussion.
6584
6585 Another point is that only @code{mtime} is stored in POSIX
6586 archives, while GNU @code{tar} currently also store @code{atime}
6587 and @code{ctime}. If we want GNU @code{tar} to go closer to POSIX,
6588 my choice would be to drop @code{atime} and @code{ctime} support on
6589 average. On the other hand, I perceive that full dumps or incremental
6590 dumps need @code{atime} and @code{ctime} support, so for those special
6591 applications, POSIX has to be avoided altogether.
6592
6593 A few users requested that @value{op-sparse} be always active by
6594 default, I think that before replying to them, we have to decide
6595 if we want GNU @code{tar} to go closer to POSIX on average, while
6596 producing files. My choice would be to go closer to POSIX in the
6597 long run. Besides possible double reading, I do not see any point
6598 of not trying to save files as sparse when creating archives which
6599 are neither POSIX nor old-V7, so the actual @value{op-sparse} would
6600 become selected by default when producing such archives, whatever
6601 the reason is. So, @value{op-sparse} alone might be redefined to force
6602 GNU-format archives, and recover its previous meaning from this fact.
6603
6604 GNU-format as it exists now can easily fool other POSIX @code{tar},
6605 as it uses fields which POSIX considers to be part of the file name
6606 prefix. I wonder if it would not be a good idea, in the long run,
6607 to try changing GNU-format so any added field (like @code{ctime},
6608 @code{atime}, file offset in subsequent volumes, or sparse file
6609 descriptions) be wholly and always pushed into an extension block,
6610 instead of using space in the POSIX header block. I could manage
6611 to do that portably between future GNU @code{tar}s. So other POSIX
6612 @code{tar}s might be at least able to provide kind of correct listings
6613 for the archives produced by GNU @code{tar}, if not able to process
6614 them otherwise.
6615
6616 Using these projected extensions might induce older @code{tar}s to fail.
6617 We would use the same approach as for POSIX. I'll put out a @code{tar}
6618 capable of reading POSIXier, yet extended archives, but will not produce
6619 this format by default, in GNU mode. In a few years, when newer GNU
6620 @code{tar}s will have flooded out @code{tar} 1.11.X and previous, we
6621 could switch to producing POSIXier extended archives, with no real harm
6622 to users, as almost all existing GNU @code{tar}s will be ready to read
6623 POSIXier format. In fact, I'll do both changes at the same time, in a
6624 few years, and just prepare @code{tar} for both changes, without effecting
6625 them, from 1.@var{POSIX}. (Both changes: 1---using POSIX convention for
6626 getting over 100 characters; 2---avoiding mangling POSIX headers for GNU
6627 extensions, using only POSIX mandated extension techniques).
6628
6629 So, a future @code{tar} will have a @value{op-posix}
6630 flag forcing the usage of truly POSIX headers, and so, producing
6631 archives previous GNU @code{tar} will not be able to read.
6632 So, @emph{once} pretest will announce that feature, it would be
6633 particularly useful that users test how exchangeable will be archives
6634 between GNU @code{tar} with @value{op-posix} and other POSIX @code{tar}.
6635
6636 In a few years, when GNU @code{tar} will produce POSIX headers by
6637 default, @value{op-posix} will have a strong meaning and will disallow
6638 GNU extensions. But in the meantime, for a long while, @value{op-posix}
6639 in GNU tar will not disallow GNU extensions like @value{op-label},
6640 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or very long file or link names.
6641 However, @value{op-posix} with GNU extensions will use POSIX
6642 headers with reserved-for-users extensions to headers, and I will be
6643 curious to know how well or bad POSIX @code{tar}s will react to these.
6644
6645 GNU @code{tar} prior to 1.@var{POSIX}, and after 1.@var{POSIX} without
6646 @value{op-posix}, generates and checks @samp{ustar@w{ }@w{ }}, with two
6647 suffixed spaces. This is sufficient for older GNU @code{tar} not to
6648 recognize POSIX archives, and consequently, wrongly decide those archives
6649 are in old V7 format. It is a useful bug for me, because GNU @code{tar}
6650 has other POSIX incompatibilities, and I need to segregate GNU @code{tar}
6651 semi-POSIX archives from truly POSIX archives, for GNU @code{tar} should
6652 be somewhat compatible with itself, while migrating closer to latest
6653 POSIX standards. So, I'll be very careful about how and when I will do
6654 the correction.
6655
6656 @node Checksumming, , posix, Portability
6657 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6658
6659 SunOS and HP-UX @code{tar} fail to accept archives created using GNU
6660 @code{tar} and containing non-ASCII file names, that is, file names
6661 having characters with the eight bit set, because they use signed
6662 checksums, while GNU @code{tar} uses unsigned checksums while creating
6663 archives, as per POSIX standards. On reading, GNU @code{tar} computes
6664 both checksums and accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of
6665 people may go around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at
6666 least non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time
6667 to restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor,
6668 or vice versa.
6669
6670 GNU @code{tar} compute checksums both ways, and accept any on read,
6671 so GNU tar can read Sun tapes even with their wrong checksums.
6672 GNU @code{tar} produces the standard checksum, however, raising
6673 incompatibilities with Sun. That is to say, GNU @code{tar} has not
6674 been modified to @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy
6675 @code{tar}'s. I've been told that more recent Sun @code{tar} now
6676 read standard archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6677
6678 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @code{tar}
6679 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6680 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6681 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6682 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6683 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6684 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6685 has chosen that their @code{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6686 The current standards do not favor Sun @code{tar} format. In any
6687 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6688 a @code{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6689
6690 @node Compression, Attributes, Portability, Formats
6691 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6692
6693 @menu
6694 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6695 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6696 @end menu
6697
6698 @node gzip, sparse, Compression, Compression
6699 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6700 @cindex Compressed archives
6701 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6702 @UNREVISED
6703
6704 @table @kbd
6705 @item -z
6706 @itemx --gzip
6707 @itemx --ungzip
6708 Filter the archive through @code{gzip}.
6709 @end table
6710
6711 @FIXME{ach; these two bits orig from "compare" (?). where to put?} Some
6712 format parameters must be taken into consideration when modifying an
6713 archive: @FIXME{???}. Compressed archives cannot be modified.
6714
6715 You can use @samp{--gzip} and @samp{--gunzip} on physical devices
6716 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6717 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6718 of the @code{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6719 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6720 override them, avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run @code{gzip}
6721 explicitly. (Or set the @samp{GZIP} environment variable.)
6722
6723 The @value{op-gzip} option does not work with the @value{op-multi-volume}
6724 option, or with the @value{op-update}, @value{op-append},
6725 @value{op-concatenate}, or @value{op-delete} operations.
6726
6727 It is not exact to say that GNU @code{tar} is to work in concert
6728 with @code{gzip} in a way similar to @code{zip}, say. Surely, it is
6729 possible that @code{tar} and @code{gzip} be done with a single call,
6730 like in:
6731
6732 @example
6733 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6734 @end example
6735
6736 @noindent
6737 to save all of @samp{subdir} into a @code{gzip}'ed archive. Later you
6738 can do:
6739
6740 @example
6741 $ @kbd{tar xfz archive.tar.gz}
6742 @end example
6743
6744 @noindent
6745 to explode and unpack.
6746
6747 The difference is that the whole archive is compressed. With
6748 @code{zip}, archive members are archived individually. @code{tar}'s
6749 method yields better compression. On the other hand, one can view the
6750 contents of a @code{zip} archive without having to decompress it. As
6751 for the @code{tar} and @code{gzip} tandem, you need to decompress the
6752 archive to see its contents. However, this may be done without needing
6753 disk space, by using pipes internally:
6754
6755 @example
6756 $ @kbd{tar tfz archive.tar.gz}
6757 @end example
6758
6759 @cindex corrupted archives
6760 About corrupted compressed archives: @code{gzip}'ed files have no
6761 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6762 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6763 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6764 construction of the compression tables becomes unsychronized, and there
6765 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6766
6767 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6768 compression in GNU @code{tar}. This would allow for viewing the
6769 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6770 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6771 loose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6772 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6773
6774 @table @kbd
6775 @item -y
6776 @itemx --bzip2
6777 @itemx --unbzip2
6778 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6779
6780 @item -Z
6781 @itemx --compress
6782 @itemx --uncompress
6783 Filter the archive through @code{compress}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6784
6785 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6786 Filter through @var{prog} (must accept @samp{-d}).
6787 @end table
6788
6789 @value{op-compress} stores an archive in compressed format. This
6790 option is useful in saving time over networks and space in pipes, and
6791 when storage space is at a premium. @value{op-compress} causes
6792 @code{tar} to compress when writing the archive, or to uncompress when
6793 reading the archive.
6794
6795 To perform compression and uncompression on the archive, @code{tar}
6796 runs the @code{compress} utility. @code{tar} uses the default
6797 compression parameters; if you need to override them, avoid the
6798 @value{op-compress} option and run the @code{compress} utility
6799 explicitly. It is useful to be able to call the @code{compress}
6800 utility from within @code{tar} because the @code{compress} utility by
6801 itself cannot access remote tape drives.
6802
6803 The @value{op-compress} option will not work in conjunction with the
6804 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
6805 @value{op-append} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for
6806 more information on these operations.
6807
6808 If there is no compress utility available, @code{tar} will report an error.
6809 @strong{Please note} that the @code{compress} program may be covered by
6810 a patent, and therefore we recommend you stop using it.
6811
6812 @value{op-bzip2} acts like @value{op-compress}, except that it uses
6813 the @code{bzip2} utility.
6814
6815 @table @kbd
6816 @item --compress
6817 @itemx --uncompress
6818 @itemx -z
6819 @itemx -Z
6820 When this option is specified, @code{tar} will compress (when writing
6821 an archive), or uncompress (when reading an archive). Used in
6822 conjunction with the @value{op-create}, @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} and
6823 @value{op-compare} operations.
6824 @end table
6825
6826 You can have archives be compressed by using the @value{op-gzip} option.
6827 This will arrange for @code{tar} to use the @code{gzip} program to be
6828 used to compress or uncompress the archive wren writing or reading it.
6829
6830 To use the older, obsolete, @code{compress} program, use the
6831 @value{op-compress} option. The GNU Project recommends you not use
6832 @code{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6833 uses. You could be sued for patent infringment merely by running
6834 @code{compress}.
6835
6836 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6837 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like the
6838 output to be fed through a program like GNU @code{ecc} (actually, right
6839 now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like to use :-)), basically adding
6840 ECC protection on top of compression. It seems as if this should be
6841 quite easy to do, but I can't work out exactly how to go about it.
6842 Of course, I can pipe the standard output of @code{tar} through
6843 @code{ecc}, but then I lose (though I haven't started using it yet,
6844 I confess) the ability to have @code{tar} use @code{rmt} for it's I/O
6845 (I think).
6846
6847 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6848 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6849 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6850 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6851 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6852
6853 By the way, I like @code{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6854 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6855 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6856 get it (apparantly) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6857 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6858
6859 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6860 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6861 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6862 way you want. It should recognize the @samp{-d} option, for when
6863 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6864
6865 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6866 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6867 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6868 end up with less space on the tape.
6869
6870 @node sparse, , gzip, Compression
6871 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6872 @cindex Sparse Files
6873 @UNREVISED
6874
6875 @table @kbd
6876 @item -S
6877 @itemx --sparse
6878 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6879 @end table
6880
6881 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6882 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6883 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6884 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6885 space needed to store such a file.
6886
6887 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6888 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6889 GNU options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6890 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6891
6892 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6893 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6894 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6895 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6896 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @code{tar}
6897 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @code{tar}
6898 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6899 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6900 disk space than would be expected from its length, @code{tar} searches
6901 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6902 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6903 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6904 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6905 hols created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6906 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @code{tar} archives won't take
6907 more space than the original.
6908
6909 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6910 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6911 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6912 operation, @code{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6913 If @code{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6914 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6915 about creating archives.
6916
6917 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6918 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6919 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6920
6921 @quotation
6922 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6923 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6924 sparsely in the system.
6925
6926 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6927 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6928 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6929 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6930 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6931 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6932 @end quotation
6933
6934 @code{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6935
6936 @table @kbd
6937 @item --sparse
6938 @itemx -S
6939 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
6940 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
6941 @end table
6942
6943 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time, GNU
6944 @code{tar} still has to read whole disk file to locate the @dfn{holes}, and
6945 so, even if sparse files use little space on disk and in the archive, they
6946 may sometimes require inordinate amount of time for reading and examining
6947 all-zero blocks of a file. Although it works, it's painfully slow for a
6948 large (sparse) file, even though the resulting tar archive may be small.
6949 (One user reports that dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes,
6950 but with only about 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on
6951 a Sun Sparstation ELC, with full CPU utilisation.)
6952
6953 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
6954 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
6955 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
6956 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
6957 an archive, the current @code{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
6958 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
6959 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
6960
6961 Programs like @code{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by examining
6962 the file system directly, they can determine in advance exactly where the
6963 holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The only data it need read
6964 are the actual allocated data blocks. GNU @code{tar} uses a more portable
6965 and straightforward archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that
6966 it does otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals},
6967 on 1990-12-10:
6968
6969 @quotation
6970 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
6971 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
6972 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
6973 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
6974 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
6975 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
6976
6977 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
6978 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
6979 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
6980 get it right.
6981 @end quotation
6982
6983 @node Attributes, Standard, Compression, Formats
6984 @section Handling File Attributes
6985 @UNREVISED
6986
6987 When @code{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access times
6988 updated. To have @code{tar} attempt to set the access times back to
6989 what they were before they were read, use the @value{op-atime-preserve}
6990 option. This doesn't work for files that you don't own, unless
6991 you're root, and it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
6992 (@pxref{Backups}), but it is good enough for some purposes.
6993
6994 Handling of file attributes
6995
6996 @table @kbd
6997 @item --atime-preserve
6998 Do not change access times on dumped files.
6999
7000 @item -m
7001 @itemx --touch
7002 Do not extract file modified time.
7003
7004 When this option is used, @code{tar} leaves the modification times
7005 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7006 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7007
7008 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7009
7010 @item --same-owner
7011 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7012 archive.
7013
7014 When using super-user at extraction time, ownership is always restored.
7015 So, this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @code{tar}
7016 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7017 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7018 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7019 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7020 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7021
7022 When writing an archive, @code{tar} writes the user id and user name
7023 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7024 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7025 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions}
7026 (@FIXME{same-owner?}), it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7027 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7028 stored in the archive instead.
7029
7030 @item --numeric-owner
7031 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7032 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7033 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7034 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7035 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7036
7037 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7038 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7039 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7040 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7041 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7042 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7043 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7044 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7045
7046 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @code{tar} archives.
7047 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7048 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7049 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7050 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7051 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7052
7053 When making a @code{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7054 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7055 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7056 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7057 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7058 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7059 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7060 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7061 @code{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning everything
7062 out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to GNU @code{tar} for
7063 fine tuning permissions and ownership. This is not the good way,
7064 I think. GNU @code{tar} is already crowded with options and moreover,
7065 the approach just explained gives you a great deal of control already.
7066
7067 @item -p
7068 @itemx --same-permissions
7069 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7070 Extract all protection information.
7071
7072 This option causes @code{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7073 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7074 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7075 on extracted files.
7076
7077 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7078
7079 @item --preserve
7080 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7081
7082 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7083 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7084
7085 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7086
7087 @end table
7088
7089 @node Standard, Extensions, Attributes, Formats
7090 @section The Standard Format
7091 @UNREVISED
7092
7093 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7094 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7095 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7096 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7097 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7098 manipulate without using the @code{tar} utility or Tar mode in GNU
7099 Emacs.
7100
7101 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7102 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of 512 zero bytes. A file
7103 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7104 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7105 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7106 information which @code{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7107 information about file types.
7108
7109 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7110 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7111 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7112 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update},
7113 and to learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7114 same name, see @FIXME-xref{-backup node, when it's written}.
7115
7116 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7117 contain entries which @code{tar} itself uses to store information.
7118 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7119
7120 A @code{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7121 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7122 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7123
7124 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7125 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7126 of the file. At the end of the archive file there may be a block
7127 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7128 should write a block of zeros at the end, but must not assume that
7129 such a block exists when reading an archive.
7130
7131 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7132 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7133 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @code{tar}) is written with a single
7134 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7135 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7136 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7137 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7138 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7139 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7140 records after a zero block.
7141
7142 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the GNU @code{tar}
7143 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7144
7145 @example
7146 @include header.texi
7147 @end example
7148
7149 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7150 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7151 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7152 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7153 contiguously.
7154
7155 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7156 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7157 to represent characters in any character set. The @code{tar} format
7158 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7159 of file contents is performed.
7160
7161 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7162 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fileds
7163 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7164 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 2 digits, a space, and a null, except
7165 @code{size}, and @code{mtime}, which do not contain the trailing null.
7166
7167 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7168 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7169
7170 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7171
7172 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7173 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7174 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7175 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7176 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7177 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7178 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7179 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7180 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g. the
7181 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7182
7183 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7184 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7185 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7186
7187 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7188 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers}, in
7189 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.
7190
7191 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7192 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7193 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7194 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7195
7196 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7197 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7198 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7199 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7200 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7201 if it were all blanks.
7202
7203 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7204 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7205 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7206 action occurs, @code{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7207
7208 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7209 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7210 and last inode-change time.
7211
7212 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7213 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7214 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7215 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7216 continued at.
7217
7218 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7219 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7220 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7221 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7222 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7223 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7224 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @code{tar} uses to
7225 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7226 differently from non-sparse files.
7227
7228 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7229 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7230 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7231 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7232 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7233 to have @code{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7234 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7235 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7236 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7237 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7238 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7239 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7240 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7241 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7242 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7243 used to handle a sparse file:
7244
7245 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7246 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7247 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7248 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7249 array element.
7250
7251 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7252 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7253
7254 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7255 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7256 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7257 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7258 alloted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7259 an extended_header is needed.
7260
7261 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7262 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7263 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7264 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7265
7266 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7267 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7268 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7269 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7270
7271 @table @asis
7272
7273 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7274 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7275 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7276 with older versions of @code{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7277 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7278 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7279 backward compatibility, @code{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7280 ends with a slash as a directory.
7281
7282 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7283 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7284 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7285 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7286 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7287
7288 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7289 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7290 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7291
7292 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7293 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7294 These represent character special files and block special files
7295 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7296 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7297 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7298 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7299
7300 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7301 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7302 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7303 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7304 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7305 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7306 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7307 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7308 @code{size} field.
7309
7310 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7311 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7312 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7313
7314 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7315 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7316 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7317 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7318 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7319 type as a normal file.
7320
7321 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7322 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7323 used in the GNU modified format, as described below.
7324
7325 @end table
7326
7327 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7328 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @code{tar} program.
7329
7330 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7331 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7332 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7333 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7334 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7335 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7336
7337 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7338 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7339 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7340 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7341
7342 @node Extensions, cpio, Standard, Formats
7343 @section GNU Extensions to the Archive Format
7344 @UNREVISED
7345
7346 The GNU format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7347 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7348
7349 @table @code
7350 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7351 @itemx 'D'
7352 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7353 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7354 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7355 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7356 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7357 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7358 last file name.
7359
7360 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7361 @itemx 'M'
7362 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7363 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7364 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7365 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7366 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7367 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7368 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7369 the original size of the file.
7370
7371 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7372 @itemx 'S'
7373 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7374 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7375 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7376 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7377
7378 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7379 @itemx 'V'
7380 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7381 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7382 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7383 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7384 of an archive should have this type.
7385
7386 @end table
7387
7388 You may have trouble reading a GNU format archive on a non-GNU
7389 system if the options @value{op-incremental}, @value{op-multi-volume},
7390 @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were used when writing the archive.
7391 In general, if @code{tar} does not use the GNU-added fields of the
7392 header, other versions of @code{tar} should be able to read the
7393 archive. Otherwise, the @code{tar} program will give an error, the
7394 most likely one being a checksum error.
7395
7396 @node cpio, , Extensions, Formats
7397 @section Comparison of @code{tar} and @code{cpio}
7398 @UNREVISED
7399
7400 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7401
7402 The @code{cpio} archive formats, like @code{tar}, do have maximum
7403 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7404 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7405 path length of 1024. GNU @code{cpio} can read and write archives
7406 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @code{cpio} implementations
7407 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7408
7409 @code{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7410 @code{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7411 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7412 to their system without enhancing @code{cpio} to know about them.
7413 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7414 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7415 present in the @code{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7416 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7417
7418 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @code{tar}; basically, its @code{cpio}
7419 can handle @code{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7420 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7421 anything to enhance @code{tar} as a result.)
7422
7423 @code{cpio} handles special files; traditional @code{tar} doesn't.
7424
7425 @code{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7426 @code{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7427 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7428
7429 @code{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7430 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7431 @code{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7432 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7433 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7434 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7435 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7436 @code{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7437 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7438 make hard links between them.
7439
7440 @code{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7441 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7442 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @code{cpio}s
7443 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7444 of the names.
7445
7446 @quotation
7447 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7448 @end quotation
7449
7450 See the attached manual pages for @code{tar} and @code{cpio} format.
7451 @code{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7452 @code{tar} header for a file; @code{cpio} uses no checksum.
7453
7454 @quotation
7455 If anyone knows why @code{cpio} was made when @code{tar} was present
7456 at the unix scene,
7457 @end quotation
7458
7459 It wasn't. @code{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7460 generally-available version of UNIX had @code{tar} at the time. I don't
7461 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7462 had @code{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7463 @code{cpio} knew about it.
7464
7465 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @code{tar} will stop at
7466 that point, while @code{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7467 rest of the files.
7468
7469 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7470
7471 @code{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7472 to start on a record boundary.
7473
7474 @quotation
7475 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7476 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7477 crashed archives at all.)
7478 @end quotation
7479
7480 Theoretically it should be easier under @code{tar} since the blocking
7481 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7482 However, modern @code{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7483 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7484 of re-syncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7485 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7486 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7487 archive.
7488
7489 @quotation
7490 If anyone knows why @code{cpio} was made when @code{tar} was present
7491 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7492 @end quotation
7493
7494 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7495 and using only the space needed for the headers where @code{tar}
7496 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7497 special files.
7498
7499 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The major
7500 ones are @code{afio}, GNU @code{tar}, and @code{pax}, each of which
7501 have their own extensions with some backwards compatibility.
7502
7503 Sparse files were @code{tar}red as sparse files (which you can easily
7504 test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and GNU @code{cpio}
7505 can no longer read it).
7506
7507 @node Media, Index, Formats, Top
7508 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7509 @UNREVISED
7510
7511 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7512 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7513
7514 Many complexities surround the use of @code{tar} on tape drives. Since
7515 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7516 the original purpose of @code{tar}, it contains many features making
7517 such manipulation easier.
7518
7519 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7520 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7521
7522 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7523 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7524 holds 40 megabytes of data when formated at 1600 bits per inch. The
7525 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7526
7527 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7528 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7529 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7530 should be disgarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7531 tape cartridges should be disgarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7532 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7533
7534 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7535 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7536 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7537 not a good idea.
7538
7539 @menu
7540 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7541 * Remote Tape Server::
7542 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7543 * Blocking:: Blocking
7544 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7545 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7546 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7547 * verify::
7548 * Write Protection::
7549 @end menu
7550
7551 @node Device, Remote Tape Server, Media, Media
7552 @section Device Selection and Switching
7553 @UNREVISED
7554
7555 @table @kbd
7556 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7557 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7558 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7559 @end table
7560
7561 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @code{tar}
7562 works on.
7563
7564 If the file name is @samp{-}, @code{tar} reads the archive from standard
7565 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7566 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7567 archive, @code{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7568 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7569
7570 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7571 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7572 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7573 either case, @code{tar} will invoke the command @code{rsh} (or
7574 @code{remsh}) to start up an @file{/etc/rmt} on the remote machine. If
7575 you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the @code{rsh}.
7576 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable @file{/etc/rmt}.
7577 This program is free software from the University of California, and a
7578 copy of the source code can be found with the sources for @code{tar};
7579 it's compiled and installed by default.
7580
7581 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @code{TAPE} is
7582 set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @code{tar} used a default
7583 archive name (which was picked when @code{tar} was compiled). The
7584 default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape drive or other
7585 transportable I/O medium on the system.
7586
7587 Starting with version 1.11.5, GNU @code{tar} uses standard input and
7588 standard output as the default device, and I will not try anymore
7589 supporting automatic device detection at installation time. This was
7590 failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless. This is now
7591 completely left to the installer to override standard input and standard
7592 output for default device, if this seems preferrable to him/her.
7593 Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of @code{tar} are done with
7594 pipes or disks, not really tapes, cartridges or diskettes.
7595
7596 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7597 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7598 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7599 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7600 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7601 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7602 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7603 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7604 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7605 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7606 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7607 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7608
7609 GNU @code{tar} reads and writes archive in records, I suspect this is the
7610 main reason why block devices are preferred over character devices.
7611 Most probably, block devices are more efficient too. The installer
7612 could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7613
7614 @table @kbd
7615 @item --force-local
7616 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7617
7618 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7619 Use remote @var{command} instead of @code{rsh}. This option exists
7620 so that people who use something other than the standard @code{rsh}
7621 (e.g., a Kerberized @code{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7622
7623 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7624 the @code{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7625 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7626 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7627 The installer may have overriden this by defining the environment
7628 variable @code{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7629
7630 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7631 Specify drive and density.
7632
7633 @item -M
7634 @itemx --multi-volume
7635 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7636
7637 This option causes @code{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7638 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7639 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7640
7641 @item -L @var{num}
7642 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7643 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7644
7645 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7646 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7647 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7648
7649 @item -F @var{file}
7650 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7651 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7652 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. This implies
7653 @value{op-multi-volume}.
7654 @end table
7655
7656 @node Remote Tape Server, Common Problems and Solutions, Device, Media
7657 @section The Remote Tape Server
7658
7659 @cindex remote tape drive
7660 @pindex rmt
7661 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @code{tar}
7662 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7663 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as @file{/etc/rmt}
7664 on any machine whose tape drive you want to use. @code{tar} calls
7665 @file{/etc/rmt} by running an @code{rsh} or @code{remsh} to the remote
7666 machine, optionally using a different login name if one is supplied.
7667
7668 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7669 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7670 California, but can be freely distributed. Instructions for compiling
7671 and installing it are included in the @file{Makefile}.
7672
7673 @cindex absolute file names
7674 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, GNU @code{tar} will
7675 not allow you to create an archive that contains absolute file names
7676 (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try, @code{tar} will
7677 automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the file names it
7678 stores in the archive. It will also type a warning message telling
7679 you what it is doing.
7680
7681 When reading an archive that was created with a different @code{tar}
7682 program, GNU @code{tar} automatically extracts entries in the archive
7683 which have absolute file names as if the file names were not absolute.
7684 This is an important feature. A visitor here once gave a
7685 @code{tar} tape to an operator to restore; the operator used Sun @code{tar}
7686 instead of GNU @code{tar}, and the result was that it replaced large
7687 portions of our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape;
7688 needless to say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system
7689 from backup tapes.
7690
7691 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7692 GNU @code{tar} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7693 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7694 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7695 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7696 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7697 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7698
7699 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7700 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is know to have this problem),
7701 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7702 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7703 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7704 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7705
7706 In order to update an archive, @code{tar} must be able to backspace the
7707 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7708 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7709 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7710 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7711 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7712
7713 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7714 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7715 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7716 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7717 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7718
7719 Some other media can be backspaced, and @code{tar} will work on them
7720 once @code{tar} is modified to do so.
7721
7722 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7723 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7724 of @code{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7725 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @code{dd}, if
7726 it can be done at all. Other versions of @code{tar} may also create
7727 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7728 of @code{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7729 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7730
7731 @node Common Problems and Solutions, Blocking, Remote Tape Server, Media
7732 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7733
7734 @ifclear PUBLISH
7735
7736 @format
7737 errors from system:
7738 permission denied
7739 no such file or directory
7740 not owner
7741
7742 errors from @code{tar}:
7743 directory checksum error
7744 header format error
7745
7746 errors from media/system:
7747 i/o error
7748 device busy
7749 @end format
7750
7751 @end ifclear
7752
7753 @node Blocking, Many, Common Problems and Solutions, Media
7754 @section Blocking
7755 @UNREVISED
7756
7757 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7758 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7759 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7760 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7761 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7762
7763 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @code{tar} from which
7764 GNU @code{tar} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7765
7766 @quotation
7767 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7768 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7769 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7770 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7771 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7772 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7773 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7774 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7775 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7776 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7777
7778 The Unix man page on @code{tar} was totally confused about this.
7779 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7780 (@code{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7781 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into POSIX (no surprise
7782 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7783 into the source code too.
7784 @end quotation
7785
7786 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7787 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7788 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7789 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7790 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7791 physical blocks, but @code{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7792 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @code{tar} block is always
7793 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @code{tar} block.
7794 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7795 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7796 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7797 in GNU @code{tar}.
7798
7799 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7800 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7801 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7802 @emph{assuming} that the @code{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7803 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7804 but nevertheless, @code{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7805 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7806 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7807 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7808 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7809 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7810 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7811 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7812 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7813 to what we call a @dfn{record} in GNU @code{tar}.
7814
7815 When writing to tapes, @code{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7816 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7817 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7818 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @code{tar} block is
7819 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7820 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7821 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7822 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7823
7824 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7825 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7826 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7827 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7828 honor blocking.
7829
7830 When reading an archive, @code{tar} can usually figure out the record
7831 size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard record size
7832 was used when the archive was created, @code{tar} will print a message
7833 about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate normally. On
7834 some tape devices, however, @code{tar} cannot figure out the record size
7835 itself. On most of those, you can specify a blocking factor (with
7836 @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the actual blocking factor, and then use
7837 the @value{op-read-full-records} option. (If you specify a blocking factor
7838 with @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7839 option, then @code{tar} will not attempt to figure out the recording size
7840 itself.) On some devices, you must always specify the record size
7841 exactly with @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @code{tar} cannot
7842 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7843 extractions to see whether @code{tar} is reading the archive correctly.
7844
7845 @code{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7846 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7847 more) into each record. @code{tar} records are all the same size;
7848 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7849 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7850
7851 In a standard @code{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7852 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7853 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7854 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7855 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7856 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7857 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7858 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7859 around one megabyte.
7860
7861 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @code{tar} programs
7862 might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this as a limit
7863 to use in practice. GNU @code{tar}, however, will support arbitrarily
7864 large record sizes, limited only by the amount of virtual memory or the
7865 physical characteristics of the tape device.
7866
7867 @menu
7868 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7869 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7870 @end menu
7871
7872 @node Format Variations, Blocking Factor, Blocking, Blocking
7873 @subsection Format Variations
7874 @cindex Format Parameters
7875 @cindex Format Options
7876 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7877 @cindex Options, format specifying
7878 @UNREVISED
7879
7880 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7881 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7882 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7883 store the archive.
7884
7885 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7886 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7887 If you do not specify any format parameters, @code{tar} uses
7888 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7889 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7890 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7891 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7892 examples of format parameter considerations.
7893
7894 @node Blocking Factor, , Format Variations, Blocking
7895 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7896 @cindex Blocking Factor
7897 @cindex Record Size
7898 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7899 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7900 @cindex Bytes per record
7901 @cindex Blocks per record
7902 @UNREVISED
7903
7904 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7905 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7906 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
7907 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
7908 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
7909 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
7910 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
7911 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
7912 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
7913
7914 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
7915 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
7916 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
7917 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
7918 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
7919 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
7920 hand, may be usefull when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
7921 of nulls as @code{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
7922 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
7923 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
7924 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
7925 writing archives.
7926
7927 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
7928
7929 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
7930 by very old versions of @code{tar}, or by some newer versions
7931 of @code{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
7932 With GNU @code{tar}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
7933 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
7934 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
7935
7936 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
7937 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
7938 example, this has been reported:
7939
7940 @example
7941 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
7942 @end example
7943
7944 @noindent
7945 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @code{tar} bundled by the
7946 system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while GNU @code{tar} requires
7947 an explicit specification for the block size, which it cannot guess.
7948 This yields some people to consider GNU @code{tar} is misbehaving, because
7949 by comparison, @cite{the bundle @code{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b
7950 256}}, for example, might resolve the problem.
7951
7952 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
7953 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
7954 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
7955 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
7956 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@code{tar}
7957 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
7958 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
7959 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
7960 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
7961 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
7962 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
7963 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
7964 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
7965
7966 @table @kbd
7967 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
7968 @itemx -b @var{number}
7969 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
7970 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
7971 @end table
7972
7973 Device blocking
7974
7975 @table @kbd
7976 @item -b @var{blocks}
7977 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
7978 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
7979
7980 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
7981 When reading or writing the archive, @code{tar}, will do reads and writes
7982 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
7983 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
7984 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @code{tar}
7985 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
7986
7987 The default blocking factor is set when @code{tar} is compiled, and is
7988 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
7989 old versions of @code{tar}, or by some newer versions of @code{tar}
7990 running on old machines with small address spaces.
7991
7992 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
7993 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
7994 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
7995 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
7996 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
7997
7998 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
7999 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8000 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8001 updating the archive.
8002
8003 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8004 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8005 seems to dissapper. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8006 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8007
8008 With GNU @code{tar} the blocking factor is limited only by the maximum
8009 record size of the device containing the archive, or by the amount of
8010 available virtual memory.
8011
8012 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8013 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8014 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8015 @itemize @bullet
8016 @item
8017 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8018 @item
8019 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8020 redirected nor piped,
8021 @item
8022 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8023 device,
8024 @item
8025 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitely specified on the @code{tar}
8026 invocation.
8027 @end itemize
8028
8029 In previous versions of GNU @code{tar}, the @samp{--compress-block}
8030 option (or even older: @samp{--block-compress}) was necessary to
8031 reblock compressed archives. It is now a dummy option just asking
8032 not to be used, and otherwise ignored. If the output goes directly
8033 to a local disk, and not through stdout, then the last write is
8034 not extended to a full record size. Otherwise, reblocking occurs.
8035 Here are a few other remarks on this topic:
8036
8037 @itemize @bullet
8038
8039 @item
8040 @code{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8041 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8042 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8043 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8044 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8045 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8046
8047 @item
8048 @code{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8049 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8050 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8051 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8052 ignored.
8053
8054 @item
8055 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8056 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8057 @code{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8058 that, as it weakens the protection @code{tar} offers users against
8059 other possible problems at decompression time. If @code{gzip} was
8060 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8061 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8062
8063 @item
8064 @code{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8065 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8066 @code{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8067 @end itemize
8068
8069 @item -i
8070 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8071 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8072
8073 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @code{tar} to ignore blocks
8074 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8075 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8076 was created by @code{cat}-ing several archives together, this option
8077 allows @code{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8078 by default because many versions of @code{tar} write garbage after
8079 the zeroed blocks.
8080
8081 Note that this option causes @code{tar} to read to the end of the
8082 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8083 are stored on a single physical tape.
8084
8085 @item -B
8086 @itemx --read-full-records
8087 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8088
8089 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @code{tar} will not panic if an
8090 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8091 Instead, @code{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8092 record.
8093
8094 This option is turned on by default when @code{tar} is reading
8095 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8096 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8097 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @code{tar}
8098 requested. If this option was not used, @code{tar} would fail as
8099 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8100
8101 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8102
8103 @end table
8104
8105 Tape blocking
8106
8107 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8108
8109 @cindex blocking factor
8110 @cindex tape blocking
8111
8112 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8113 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8114 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8115 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8116 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8117 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8118 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8119 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8120 tape motion without loosing information.
8121
8122 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8123 @cindex DAT blocking
8124 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8125 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8126 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8127 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8128 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8129 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8130 low, nor it should be too high. @code{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8131 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8132 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accomodate higher
8133 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8134 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8135 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8136 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8137 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8138 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8139 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8140
8141 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8142 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8143 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8144 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8145
8146 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8147 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8148 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8149
8150 I might also use @samp{--number-blocks} instead of
8151 @samp{--block-number}, so @samp{--block} will then expand to
8152 @samp{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8153
8154 @node Many, Using Multiple Tapes, Blocking, Media
8155 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8156
8157 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8158
8159 @findex ntape @r{device}
8160 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8161 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8162 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8163 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8164 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8165 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8166 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8167 device.
8168
8169 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8170 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @code{tar}
8171 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8172 means that a simple:
8173
8174 @example
8175 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8176 @end example
8177
8178 @noindent
8179 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8180 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8181 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8182 just been saved.
8183
8184 @cindex tape positioning
8185 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8186 If you want to put more than one @code{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8187 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8188 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8189 positionning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8190 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8191 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8192 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8193 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8194 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8195 recovered.
8196
8197 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8198 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8199
8200 @example
8201 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8202 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8203 @end example
8204
8205 @cindex tape marks
8206 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8207 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8208 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8209 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8210 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8211 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8212 by @code{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8213 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8214 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8215 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8216 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8217
8218 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8219 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8220
8221 @example
8222 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8223 @end example
8224
8225 @noindent
8226 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8227
8228 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8229 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8230 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8231 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8232 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8233 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8234 these commands:
8235
8236 @example
8237 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8238 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8239 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8240 @end example
8241
8242 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8243 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8244
8245 @menu
8246 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8247 * mt:: The @code{mt} Utility
8248 @end menu
8249
8250 @node Tape Positioning, mt, Many, Many
8251 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8252 @UNREVISED
8253
8254 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8255 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8256 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8257 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8258 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8259 two at the end of all the file entries.
8260
8261 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8262 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8263
8264 @example
8265 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8266 @end example
8267
8268 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8269 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8270 point on the tape at a time. When you use @code{tar} to read or
8271 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8272 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8273 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8274 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8275 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8276 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8277 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8278 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME{There is no such
8279 restore script!}. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}). @xref{mt}, for
8280 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8281
8282 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8283 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8284 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8285 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8286 following:
8287
8288 @example
8289 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8290 @end example
8291
8292 @node mt, , Tape Positioning, Many
8293 @subsection The @code{mt} Utility
8294 @UNREVISED
8295
8296 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8297 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8298 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8299
8300 You can use the @code{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8301 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8302 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8303 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8304 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8305 together"?}
8306
8307 The syntax of the @code{mt} command is:
8308
8309 @example
8310 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8311 @end example
8312
8313 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8314 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8315 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8316
8317 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8318
8319 @table @kbd
8320 @item eof
8321 @itemx weof
8322 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8323
8324 @item fsf
8325 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8326
8327 @item bsf
8328 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8329
8330 @item rewind
8331 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8332
8333 @item offline
8334 @itemx rewoff1
8335 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8336
8337 @item status
8338 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8339
8340 @end table
8341
8342 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8343
8344 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @code{mt} uses the environment
8345 variable TAPE; if TAPE does not exist, @code{mt} uses the device
8346 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8347
8348 @code{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8349 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8350 failed.
8351
8352 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8353
8354 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8355 @code{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8356 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8357 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8358 expression. If the labels match, @code{tar} extracts the archive.
8359 @value{xref-label}. @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}.
8360 @FIXME{fix cross references} @samp{tar --list --label} will cause
8361 @code{tar} to print the label.
8362
8363 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8364
8365 @node Using Multiple Tapes, label, Many, Media
8366 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8367 @UNREVISED
8368
8369 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8370 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8371 @code{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8372 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8373 Therefore, @code{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8374
8375 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @code{tar} will,
8376 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8377 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8378 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8379 file that @code{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8380 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8381 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8382 second tape when prompted, so @code{tar} can restore both halves of the
8383 file.)
8384
8385 GNU @code{tar} multi-volume archives do not use a truly portable format.
8386 You need GNU @code{tar} at both end to process them properly.
8387
8388 When prompting for a new tape, @code{tar} accepts any of the following
8389 responses:
8390
8391 @table @kbd
8392 @item ?
8393 Request @code{tar} to explain possible responses
8394 @item q
8395 Request @code{tar} to exit immediately.
8396 @item n @var{file name}
8397 Request @code{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8398 @item !
8399 Request @code{tar} to run a subshell.
8400 @item y
8401 Request @code{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8402 @end table
8403
8404 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8405 otherwise @code{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8406
8407 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @code{tar} the
8408 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8409 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8410 prompting procedure. When the program finishes, @code{tar} will
8411 immediately begin writing the next volume. The behavior of the
8412 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8413 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8414
8415 The method @code{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8416 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8417 @value{op-tape-length} option if @code{tar} can't detect the end of the
8418 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8419 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8420 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8421 never required for real, as far as we know.
8422
8423 The volume number used by @code{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8424 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8425 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8426 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8427 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @code{tar} is
8428 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8429 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8430 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8431 the prompt.)
8432
8433 If you want @code{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8434 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8435 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8436 Therefore, if you give @code{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8437 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8438 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8439 used again will @code{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8440 script).
8441
8442 Multi-volume archives
8443
8444 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @code{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8445 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8446 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8447 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8448
8449 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @code{tar}
8450 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8451 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8452 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8453 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @samp{--extract
8454 --multi-volume} (@samp{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8455 the file begins.
8456
8457 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8458 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having GNU
8459 @code{tar} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8460 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8461
8462 @smallexample
8463 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8464 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8465 @end smallexample
8466
8467 @menu
8468 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8469 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8470 @end menu
8471
8472 @node Multi-Volume Archives, Tape Files, Using Multiple Tapes, Using Multiple Tapes
8473 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8474 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8475 @UNREVISED
8476
8477 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8478 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8479 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8480 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8481 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8482 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8483
8484 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @code{tar} does not report an
8485 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8486 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8487 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8488 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8489 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8490
8491 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8492 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8493 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8494 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8495 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8496 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8497
8498 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8499 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8500 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8501 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8502 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@code{tar} will prompt for later
8503 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8504 information about extracting archives.
8505
8506 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8507 @code{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8508 a volume is full---instead, @code{tar} runs commands you have stored
8509 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8510 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8511 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8512 is done, @code{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8513
8514 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8515 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8516 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8517 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8518
8519 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8520 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @code{tar} will not
8521 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8522 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8523 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8524
8525 @cindex Labelling multi-volume archives
8526 @FIXME{example}
8527
8528 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8529 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8530
8531 @table @kbd
8532 @item --multi-volume
8533 @itemx -M
8534 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8535 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8536 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8537 operation.
8538
8539 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8540 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8541 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8542 @value{op-create}.
8543 @end table
8544
8545 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for a
8546 @code{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a multi-volume
8547 created by some vendor's @code{tar}, there is almost no chance you could
8548 read all the volumes with GNU @code{tar}. The converse is also true:
8549 you may not expect multi-volume archives created by GNU @code{tar} to
8550 be fully recovered by vendor's @code{tar}. Since there is little chance
8551 that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's @code{tar} will work on
8552 another vendor's machine, and there is a great chance that GNU @code{tar}
8553 will work on most of them, your best bet is to install GNU @code{tar}
8554 on all machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8555
8556 @node Tape Files, , Multi-Volume Archives, Using Multiple Tapes
8557 @subsection Tape Files
8558 @UNREVISED
8559
8560 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8561 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8562 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8563 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8564 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with @value{op-multi-volume}
8565 (@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the volume label will have
8566 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8567 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8568 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8569 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8570
8571 When @code{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8572 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8573 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8574 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8575 before running @code{tar}. To do this, use the @code{mt} command.
8576 For more information on the @code{mt} command and on the organization
8577 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8578
8579 People seem to often do:
8580
8581 @example
8582 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8583 @end example
8584
8585 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8586
8587 @node label, verify, Using Multiple Tapes, Media
8588 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8589 @cindex Labeling an archive
8590 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8591 @UNREVISED
8592
8593 @table @kbd
8594 @item -V @var{name}
8595 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8596 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8597 @end table
8598
8599 This option causes @code{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8600 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8601 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8602 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8603 next, and so on.
8604
8605 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8606
8607 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8608 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8609 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8610 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8611 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8612
8613 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8614 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8615 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8616 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8617 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives}, for information on creating multiple
8618 volume archives.
8619
8620 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @code{tar} will
8621 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8622 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8623 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8624 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8625 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8626 of @code{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8627 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8628 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @code{tar}.}.
8629 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8630 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8631 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8632 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8633 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8634
8635 The @value{op-label} was once called @samp{--volume}, but is not available
8636 under that name anymore.
8637
8638 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8639 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @code{tar} will print the
8640 label first, and then print archive member information, as in the
8641 example below:
8642
8643 @example
8644 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8645 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8646 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8647 @end example
8648
8649 @table @kbd
8650 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8651 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8652 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8653 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8654 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
8655 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
8656 @value{op-extract} option.
8657 @end table
8658
8659 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
8660 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
8661 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8662 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8663
8664 @example
8665 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8666 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8667 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8668 @end example
8669
8670 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8671 to when GNU @code{tar} initially attempted to write it, often soon
8672 after the operator launches @code{tar} or types the carriage return
8673 telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date labels does give
8674 an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for rewinding tapes
8675 and the operator switching them were negligible, which is ususally
8676 not the case.
8677
8678 @FIXME{was --volume}
8679
8680 @node verify, Write Protection, label, Media
8681 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8682 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8683 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8684
8685 @table @kbd
8686 @item -W
8687 @itemx --verify
8688 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8689 @end table
8690
8691 This option causes @code{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8692 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8693 are recorded on the standard error output.
8694
8695 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8696 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8697 cannot be verified.
8698
8699 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8700 system with archive members. @code{tar} can compare an archive to the
8701 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8702 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8703 it is up to date.
8704
8705 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8706 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8707 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8708 specified, @code{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8709 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error. In
8710 multi-volume archives, each volume is verified after it is written,
8711 before the next volume is written.
8712
8713 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8714 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8715 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8716 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8717
8718 One can explicitely compare an already made archive with the file system
8719 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8720 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8721
8722 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8723 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8724 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8725 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8726 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8727 operation, @code{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8728 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8729 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8730 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8731 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8732 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8733 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8734
8735 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8736 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8737 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8738 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8739 as long as programming is concerned.
8740
8741 @node Write Protection, , verify, Media
8742 @section Write Protection
8743
8744 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8745 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8746 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8747 the archive from being accidently overwritten or deleted. (This will
8748 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8749 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8750
8751 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8752 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8753 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8754 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8755 changeable feature.
8756
8757 @node Index, , Media, Top
8758 @unnumbered Index
8759
8760 @printindex cp
8761
8762 @summarycontents
8763 @contents
8764 @bye
8765
8766 @c Local variables:
8767 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8768 @c End:
This page took 0.4211 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.